Category: ISC

ISC Physics Previous Year Question Paper 2019 Solved for Class 12

Maximum Marks: 70
Time allowed: 3 hours

• Candidates are allowed additional 15 minutes for only reading the paper. They must NOT start writing during this time.
• Answer all questions in Part I and ten questions from Part II, choosing four questions from Section A, three questions from Section B and three questions from Section C.
• All working, including rough work, should be done on the same sheet as, and adjacent to, the rest of the answer.
• The intended marks for questions or parts of questions are given in brackets [ ].
• Material to be supplied: Log tables including Trigonometric functions.
• A list of useful physical constants is given at the end of this paper.

Part-I (20 Marks)
(Answer all questions)

Question 1.
A. Choose the correct alternative (a), (b), (c) or (d) for each of the questions given below : [5]
(i) In figure below, a charge Q is fixed. Another charge q is moved along a circular arc MN of radius r around it, from the point M to the point N such that the length of the arc MN = l. The work done in this process is

(ii) A carbon resistor has coloured bands as shown in figure below. The resistance of the resistor is :

(a) 26 Ω ± 10%
(b) 26 Ω ± 5%
(c) 260 Ω ± 5%
(d) 260 Ω ± 10%

(iii) A solenoid L and a resistor R are connected in series to a battery, through a switch. When the switch is put on, current I flowing through it varies with time t as shown in which of the graphs given below :

(iv) Two thin lenses having optical powers of -10D and + 6D are placed in contact with each other. The focal length of the combination is :
(a) + 0.25 cm
(b) – 0.25 cm
(c) + 0.25 m
(d) – 0.25 m
(v) Total energy of an electron in the ground state of hydrogen atom is -13.6 eV. Its total energy, when hydrogen atom is in the first excited state, is :
(a) + 13.6 eV
(b) + 3.4eV
(c) – 3.4 eV
(d) -54.4 eV  [15]

B. Answer all questions given below briefly and to the point:
(i) A charged oil drop weighing 1.6 × 10^-15 N is found to remain suspended in a uniform electric field of intensity 2 × 10³ NC^-1 . Find the charge on the drop.
(ii) For a metallic conductor, what is the relation between current density (J), conductivity (σ) and electric field intensity E ?
(iii) In figure given below, find the value of resistance X for which points A and B are at the same potential:

(iv) Write the expression for the Lorentz force F in vector form.
(v) A coil has a self-inductance of 0.05 Henry. Find magnitude of the emf induced in it when the current flowing through it is changing at the rate 100 As^-1 .
(vi) To which regions of the electromagnetic spectrum do the following wavelengths belong:
(a) 250 nm
(b) 1500 nm
(vii) What is the difference between polarised light and unpolarised light ?
(viii) Name the principle on the basis of which optical fibres work.
(ix) Calculate dispersive power of a transparent material given : n_v = 1.56, n_r = 1.54, n_y = 1.55.
(x) What is meant by short-sightedness ?
(xi) Two metals A and B have work functions 4 eV and 6 eV respectively. Which metal has lower threshold wavelength for photoelectric effect ?
(xii) Calculate angular momentum of an electron in the third Bohr orbit of hydrogen atom,
(xiii) In a nuclear reactor, what is the function of a moderator ?
(xiv) In our Nature, where is the nuclear fusion reaction taking place continuously ?
(xv) What is the use of a Zener diode ?
Answer:
A. (i) a
(ii) c
(iii) b
(iv) d
(v) c

Part-II (50 Marks)
Answer ten questions in this part, choosing four questions from Section A, three questions from Section B and three questions from Section C.

Section-A
(Answer any four questions)

Question 2.
(a) Two point charges Q₁ = 400 μC and Q₂ = 100 μC are kept fixed, 60 cm apart in vacuum. Find intensity of the electric field at midpoint of the line joining Q₁ and Q₂. [3]
(b) (i) State Gauss’Law
(ii) In an electric dipole, at which point is the electric potential zero ? [2]
Answer:

Question 3.
(a) Obtain an expression for equivalent capacitance when three capacitors C₁, C₂ and C₃ are connected in series. [3]
(b) A metallic wire has a resistance of 3.0 Ω at 0°C and 4.8 Ω at 150°C. Find the temperature coefficient of resistance of its material. [2]
Answer:
(a) All the capacitors are connected in series, In the fig. are shown three capacitors of capacity C₁, C₂, C₃ connected in series. The charge Q flowing through each of the capacitor is the same but potential difference across them will be different. If V₁, V₂ and V₃ are the potential difference across them, then



Question 4.
(a) In the circuit shown in figure below, E₁ and E₂ are two cells having emfs 2 V and 3 V respectively, and negligible internal resistances. Applying Kirchhoff’s laws of electrical networks, find the values of currents l₁ and I₂.

(b) State how a moving coil galvanometer can be converted into an ammeter
Answer:
(a) The distribution of current in the circuit is as shown in figure

Question 5.
(a) Draw a labelled circuit diagram of a potentiometer to measure internal resistance of a cell. Write the working formula. (Derivation not required). [3]
(b) (i) Define Curie temperature. [2]
(ii) If magnetic susceptibility of a certain magnetic material is 0 0001, find its relative permeability.
Answer:

\(r=\frac{l_{1}-l_{2}}{l_{2}}\)
where r is internal resistance of the cell, l₁ and l₂ are the balancing lengths for E and V respectively.

(b) (i) Curie temperature : The temperature above which a ferromagnetic substance becomes paramagnetic is called curie temperature.
(ii) The relation between magnetic susceptibility and relative permeability is μ_r = 1 + Xm Therefore, μ_r = 1 + 0.0001 = 1.0001
[∴ Xm = 0.0001]

Question 6.
(a) (i) Two infinitely long current carrying conductors X and Y are kept parallel to each other, 24 cm apart in vacuum. They carry currents of 5A and 7A respectively, in the same direction, as shown in figure below. Find the position of a neutral point, i.e., a point where resultant magnetic flux density is zero. (Ignore earth’s magnetic field). [3]

(ii) If current through the conductor Y is reversed in direction, will neutral point lie between X and Y, to the left of X or to the right of Y ?
(b) (i) Define Ampere in terms of force between two current carrying conductors. [2]
(ii) What is an ideal transformer ?
Answer:

∴ The position of null point will be at 10 cm from ‘X’ wire.
(ii) The null point will be left of X, when the direction of current in Y is reversed.
(b) (i) An ampere is that much current which when flowing through each of the two infinitely long straight conductor placed in vacuum 1 metre apart results in a force of 2 × 10^-7 Nm^-1 on each of the conductors.
(ii) Ideal transformer: Input energy of the transformer is equal to the output energy.

Question 7.
(a) A coil having self-inductance of 0.7 H and resistance of 165 Ω is connected to an a.c. source of
\(275 \mathrm{V}, 50 \mathrm{Hz} \text { . If } \pi=\frac{22}{7}\)  [3]
Calculate:
(i) Reactance of the coil
(ii) Impedance of the coil ‘
(iii) Current flowing through the coil
(b) Draw a labelled graph showing variation of impedance of a series LCR circuit with frequency of the a.c. supply. [2]
Answer.

Section-B
(Answer any three questions)

Question 8.
(a) Derive Snell’s law of refraction using Huygens’s wave theory. [3]
(b) Monochromatic light of wavelength 650 nm falls normally on a slit of width 1.3 x 10^-4 cm and the resulting Fraunhofer diffraction is obtained on a screen. Find the angular width of the . central maxima. [2]
Answer:


Question 9.
(a) In Young’s double slit experiment, show that: [4]
\(\beta=\frac{\lambda \mathrm{D}}{d}\)
where the terms have their usual meaning.
(b) A ray of ordinary light is travelling in air. It is incident on air glass pair at a polarising angle of 56°. Find the angle of refraction in glass. [1]
Answer:



Question 10.
(a) Find the angle of incidence at which a ray of monochromatic light should be incident on the first surface AB of a regular glass prism ABC so that the emergent ray grazes the adjacent surface AC. (Refractive Index of glass = 1 .56) [3]
(b) State how focal length of a glass lens (Refractive Index 1.5) changes when it is completely immersed in: [2]
(i) Water (Refractive Index 1.33)
(ii) A liquid (Refractive Index 1.65)
Answer:

Question 11.
(a) A convex lens of a focal length 5 cm is used as a simple microscope. Where should an object be placed so that the image formed by it lies at the least distance of distinct vision (D = 25 cm)? [2]
(b) Draw a labelled ray diagram showing the formation of an image by a refracting telescope when the final image lies at infinity. [3 ]
Answer:


(b) Diagram for a refracting telescope for final image at infinity.

Section-C
(Answer any three questions)

Question 12.
(a) Monochromatic fight of wavelength 198 nm is incident on the surface of a metallic cathode whose work function is 2.5 eV How much potential difference must be applied between the cathode and the anode of a photocell to just stop the photo current from flowing ? [3 ]
(b) (i) What is de Broglie hypothesis ? [2]
(ii) What conclusion can be drawn from Davisson and Germer’s experiment ?
Answer:

Question 13.
(a) (i) How are various lines of Lyman series formed? Explain on the basis of Bohr’s theory. [3]
(ii) Calculate the shortest wavelength of electromagnetic radiation present in Balmer series of hydrogen spectrum.
(b) State the effect of the following changes on the X-rays emitted by Coolidge X-ray tube : [2]
(i) High voltage between cathode and anode is increased.
(ii) Filament temperature is increased.
Answer:


If V increases wavelength λ will decrease i.e., harder X-rays will be produced.
(ii) When the temperature increases, the number of electrons emitted by the filament increases. As a result, the intensity of X-rays increases.

Question 14.
(a) Half life of a certain radioactive material is 8 hours. [3]
(i) Find disintegration constant of this material.
(ii) If one starts with 600 g of this substance, how much of it will disintegrate in one day ?
(b) Sketch a graph showing the variation of binding energy per nucleon of a nucleus with its mass number. [2]
Answer:

Question 15.
(a) Draw a circuit diagram for the common emitter transistor amplifier. What is meant by phase reversal ? [3]
(b) Write the truth table of the following circuit. Name the gate represented by this circuit. [2]

Answer:

ISC Class 12 Physics Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Maths Previous Year Question Paper 2014 Solved for Class 12

Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

(Candidates are allowed additional 15 minutes for only reading the paper. They must NOT start writing during this time.)

• The Question Paper consists of three sections A, B and C.
• Candidates are required to attempt all questions from Section A and all questions either from Section B or Section C.
• Section A: Internal choice has been provided in three questions of four marks each and two questions of six marks each.
• Section B: Internal choice has been provided in two questions of four marks each.
• Section C: Internal choice has been provided in two questions of four marks each.
• All working, including rough work, should be done on the same sheet as, and adjacent to the rest of the answer.
• The intended marks for questions or parts of questions are given in brackets [ ].
• Mathematical tables and graph papers are provided.

Section – A
(All questions are compulsory in this part)

Question 1.
(i) If \(A=\left[\begin{array}{ll}{3} & {1} \\ {7} & {5}\end{array}\right]\), find the values of x and y such that A² + xI₂ = yA.
(ii) Find the eccentricity and the coordinates of foci of the hyperbola 25x² + 9y² = 225.
(iii) Evaluate: \(\tan \left[2 \tan ^{-1} \frac{1}{2}-\cot ^{-1} 3\right]\)
(iv) Using L’Hospital’s Rule, evaluate: \(\lim _{x \rightarrow 0}(1+\sin x)^{\cot x}\)
(v) Evaluate: \(\int e^{x} \frac{(2+\sin 2 x)}{\cos ^{2} x} d x\)
(vi) Using properties of definite integrals, evaluate \(\int_{0}^{\pi / 2} \frac{\sqrt{\sin x}}{\sqrt{\sin x}+\sqrt{\cos x}} d x\)
(vii) For the given lines of regression, 3x – 2y = 5 and x – 4y = 7, find:
(a) regression coefficients b_yx and b_xy
(b) coefficient of correlation r (x, y)
(viii) Express the complex number \(\frac{(1+\sqrt{3} i)^{2}}{\sqrt{3}-i}\) in the form of a + ib. Hence, find the modulus and argument of the complex number.
(ix) A bag contains 20 balls numbered from 1 to 20. One ball is drawn at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball drawn is marked with a number which is multiple of 3 or 4?
(x) Solve the differential equation: (x + 1) dy – 2xy dx = 0
Solution:

Question 2.
(a) Using properties of determinants, prove that: [5]

(b) Using matrix method, solve the following system of equations: [5]
x – 2y = 10, 2x + y + 3z = 8 and -2y + z = 7
Solution:

Question 3.
(a) If \(\cos ^{-1} x+\cos ^{-1} y+\cos ^{-1} z=\pi\), prove that \(x^{2}+y^{2}+z^{2}+2 x y z=1\) [5]
(b) P, Q and R represent switches in on position and P’, Q’ and R’ represent switches in off position. Construct a switching circuit representing the polynomial PR + Q (Q’ + R) (P + QR). Using Boolean Algebra, simplify the polynomial expression and construct the simplified circuit. [5]
Solution:

Question 4.
(a) Verify Rolle’s Theorem for the function f(x) = e^x (sin x – cos x) on \(\left[\frac{\pi}{4}, \frac{5 \pi}{4}\right]\). [5]
(b) Find the equation ofthe parabola with latus-rectumjoining points (4, 6) and (4, -2).
Solution:

Question 5.
(a) If \(y=\frac{x \sin ^{-1} x}{\sqrt{1-x^{2}}}\), prove that: \(\left(1-x^{2}\right) \frac{d y}{d x}=x+\frac{y}{x}\) [5]
(b) A wire of length 50 m is cut into two pieces. One piece of the wire is bent in the shape of a square and the other in the shape of a circle. What should be the length of each piece so that the combined area of the two is minimum? [5]
Solution:

Question 6.
(a) Evaluate: \(\int \frac{x+\sin x}{1+\cos x} d x\) [5]
(b) Sketch the graphs of the curves y² = x and y² = 4 – 3x and find the area enclosed between them. [5]
Solution:

Question 7.
(a) A psychologist selected a random sample of 22 students. He grouped them in 11 pairs so that the students in each pair have nearly equal scores in an intelligence test. In each pair, one student was taught by method A and the other by method B and examined after the course. The marks obtained by them after the course are as follows: [5]

Calculate Spearman’s Rank correlation.
(b) The coefficient of correlation between the values denoted by X and Y is 0.5. The mean of X is 3 and that of Y is 5. Their standard deviations are 5 and 4 respectively. Find:
(i) the two lines of regression.
(ii) the expected value of Y, when X is given 14.
(iii) the expected value of X, when Y is given 9. [5]
Solution:


(iii) y = 9
x = 0.625 × 9 – 0.125 = 5 .625 – 0.125 = 5.5
Thus, the expected value of X, when Y = 9 is 5.5

Question 8.
(a) In a college, 70% of students pass in Physics, 75% pass in Mathematics and 10% of students fail in both. One student is chosen at random. What is the probability that: [5]
(i) He passes in Physics and Mathematics.
(ii) He passes in Mathematics given that he passes in Physics.
(iii) He passes in Physics given that he passes in Mathematics.
(b) A bag contains 5 white and 4 black balls and another bag contains 7 white and 9 black balls. A ball is drawn from the first bag and two balls are drawn from the second bag. What is the probability of drawing one white and two black balls? [5]
Solution:

Question 9.
(a) Using De Moivre’s theorem, find the least positive integer n such that \(\left(\frac{2 i}{1+i}\right)^{n}\) is a positive integer. [5]
(b) Solve the following differential equation: (3xy + y²) dx + (x² + xy) dy = 0 [5]
Solution:

Section – B

Question 10.
(a) In a triangle ABC, using vectors, prove that c² = a² + b² – 2ab cos c. [5]
(b) Prove that: \(\vec{a} \cdot(\vec{b}+\vec{c}) \times(\vec{a}+2 \vec{b}+3 \vec{c})=[\vec{a} \vec{b} \vec{c}]\) [5]
Solution:

Question 11.
(a) Find the equation of a line passing through the points P (-1, 3, 2) and Q (-4, 2, -2). Also, if the point R (5, 5, λ) is collinear with the points P and Q, then find the value of λ. [5]
(b) Find the equation of the plane passing through the points (2, -3, 1) and (-1, 1, -7) and perpendicular to the plane x – 2y + 5z + 1 = 0. [5]
Solution:
(a) Equation of the line passing through the points P (-1, 3, 2) and Q (-4, 2, -2) is

(b) Required plane is perpendicular to the given plane x – 2y + 5z + 1 = 0
The required plane is parallel to the line which is perpendicular to the given plane.
Direction ratio of line a = 1, b = -2, c = 5.
Hence, the required plane is

⇒ (x – 2) (20 – 16) – (y + 3) (-15 + 8) + (z – 1) (6 – 4 ) = 0
⇒ (x – 2) (4) – (y + 3) (-7) + (z – 1) (2) = 0
⇒ 4x + 7y + 2z + 11 = 0

Question 12.
(a) In a bolt factory, three machines A, B and C manufacture 25%, 35% and 40% of the total production respectively. Of their respective outputs, 5%, 4% and 2% are defective. A bolt is drawn at random from the total production and it is found to be defective. Find the probability that it was manufactured by machine C. [5]
(b) One dialling certain telephone numbers assume that on an average, one telephone number out of five is busy, Ten telephone numbers are randomly selected and dialled. Find the probability that at least three of them will be busy. [5]
Solution:

Section – C

Question 13.
(a) A person borrows ₹ 68962 on the condition that he will repay the money with compound interest at 5% per annum in 4 equal annual instalments, the first one being payable at the end of the first year. Find the value of each instalment. [5]
(b) A company manufactures two types of toys A and B. A toy of type A requires 5 minutes for cutting and 10 minutes for assembling. A toy of type B requires 8 minutes for cutting and 8 minutes for assembling. There are 3 hours available for cutting and 4 hours available for assembling the toys in a day. The profit is ₹ 50 each on a toy of type A and ₹ 60 each on a toy of type B. How many toys of each type should the company manufacture in a day to maximize the profit? Use linear programming to find the solution. [5]
Solution:

Question 14.
(a) A firm has the cost function \(C=\frac{x^{3}}{3}-7 x^{2}+111 x+50\) and demand function x = 100 – p.
(i) Write the total revenue function in terms of x.
(ii) Formulate the total profit function P in terms of x.
(iii) Find the profit maximising level of output x. [5]
(b) A bill of ₹ 5050 is drawn on 13th April 2013. It was discounted on 4th July 2013 at 5% per annum. If the banker’s gain on the transaction is ₹ 0.50, find the nominal date of the maturity of the bill. [5]
Solution:

Question 15.
(a) The price of six different commodities for years 2009 and year 2011 are as follows: [5]

The Index number for the year 2011 taking 2009 as the base year for the above data was calculated to be 125. Find the values of x andy if the total price in 2009 is ₹ 360.
(b) The number of road accidents in the city due to rash driving, over a period of 3 years, is given in the following table: [5]

Calculate four quarterly moving averages and illustrate them and original figures on one graph using the same axes for both.
Solution:

ISC Class 12 Maths Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Maths Previous Year Question Paper 2019 Solved for Class 12

Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

(Candidates are allowed additional 15 minutes for only reading the paper. They must NOT start writing during this time.)

• The Question Paper consists of three sections A, B and C.
• Candidates are required to attempt all questions from Section A and all questions EITHER from Section B or Section C.
• Section A: Internal choice has been provided in three questions of four marks each and two questions of six marks each.
• Section B: Internal choice has been provided in two questions of four marks each.
• Section C: Internal choice has been provided in two questions of four marks each.
• All working, including rough work, should be done on the same sheet as, and adjacent to the rest of the answer.
• The intended marks for questions or parts of questions are given in brackets [ ].
• Mathematical tables and graph papers are provided.

Section – A (80 Marks)

Question 1. [10 × 2]
(i) If f: R → R, f(x) = x³ and g: R → R, g (x) = 2x² + 1, and R is the set of real numbers, then find fog(x) and gof(x).
(ii) Solve: sin (2 tan^-1x) = 1.
(iii) Using determinants, find the values of k, if the area of triangle with vertices (-2, 0), (0, 4) and (0, k) is 4 square units.
(iv) Show that (A + A’) is symmetric matnx. if A = \(\begin{pmatrix} 2 & 4 \\ 3 & 5 \end{pmatrix}\)
(v) f(x) = \(\frac { { x }^{ 2 }-9 }{ x-3 }\) is not defined at x = 3. What value should be assigned to f(3) for continuity of f(x) at x = 3?
(vi) Prove that the function f(x) = x³ – 6x² + 12x + 5 is increasing on R.
(vii) Evaluate:

(viii) UsingL Hospital’s Rule, evaluate:

(ix) Two balls are drawn from an urn containing 3 white, 5 red and 2 black balls, one by one without replacement. What is the probability that at least one ball is red?
(x) If events A and B are independent, such that P( A) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 }\), P (B) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\), find P(A∪B).
Solution:

Question 2.
If f: A → A and A = R – {\(\frac { 8 }{ 5 }\)}, show that the function f(x) = \(\frac { 8x+3 }{ 5x-8 }\) is one-one onto. Hence, find f^-1.
Solution:
Given function is:

Question 3.
(a) Solve for x:

Solution:

Question 4.
Use properties of determinants prove that:

Solution:

Question 5. [4]
(a) Show that the function f(x) = |x – 4|, x ∈ R is continuous, but not differentiable at x = 4.
Or
(b) Verify the Lagrange’s mean value theorem for the function:
f(x) = x + \(\frac { 1 }{ x }\) in the interval [1, 3]
Solution:

Thus, f(x) is continuous at x = 4.
For differentiability at x = 4.
When x < 4, f(x) = -(x – 4), which being polynomial function is differentiable for all x < 4.
When x > 4, f(x) = x – 4, which being polynomial function is differentiable for all x > 4.
When x = 4

Hence, f(x) is not differentiable at x = 4.
Or
(b) Let f(x) = x + \(\frac { 1 }{ x }\) in the inverval [1, 3]
Since, f(x) is a polynomial function, therefore, it is continuous and derivable in (1, 3).
⇒ f satisfies conditions of Mean Value theorem in [1, 3],
Thus, there exists atleast one real c ∈ (1, 3) such that


Hence, Mean Value theorem for the given function is verified in the given interval.

Question 6.

Solution:

Question 7.
A 13 m long ladder is leaning against a wall, touching the wall at a certain height from the ground level. The bottom of the ladder is pulled away from the wall, along the ground, at the rate of 2 m/s. How fast is the height on the wall decreasing when the foot of the ladder is 5 m away from the wall?
Solution:
Let at any instant of time t, the height of the top of the ladder be y and its foot be at distance x from the wall, then

Question 8.

Solution:

Question 9.
Solve the differential equation:

Solution:
Given the differential equation is

Question 10. [4]
Bag A contains 4 white balls and 3 black balls, while Bag B contains 3 white balls and 5 black balls. Two balls are drawn from Bag A and placed in Bag B. Then, what is the probability of drawing a white ball from Bag B?
Solution:
Here, we have three cases
Case 1: Two balls drawn from Bag A are White.
Case 2: Two balls drawn from Bag A are Black.
Case 3: Two balls drawn from Bag A are one White and other Black.

Question 11. [6]
Solve the following system of linear equations using matrix method:

Solution:

Question 12. [6]
(a) The volume of a closed rectangular metal box with a square base is 4096 cm³. The cost of polishing the outer surface of the box is ₹ 4 per cm². Find the dimensions of the box for the minimum cost of polishing it.
Or
(b) Find the point on the straight line 2x + 3y = 6, which is closest to the origin.
Solution:

(a) Let x be the side of the square base andy be its height.

Question 13. [6]

Solution:

Question 14.
(a) Given three identical Boxes A, B and C, Box A contains 2 gold and 1 silver coin, Box B contains 1 gold and 2 silver coins and Box C contains 3 silver coins. A person chooses a Box at random and takes out a coin. If the coin drawn is of silver, find the probability that it has been drawn from the Box which has the remaining two coins also of silver.
Or
(b) Determine the binomial distribution where mean is 9 and standard deviation is \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 }\). Also, find the probability of obtaining at most one success.
Solution:
(a) Let E₁, E₂, E₃ be the three events of the selection of three bags A, B and C respectively.
Let S be the event that the coin drawn is of silver, we have

Section – B (20 Marks)

Question 15. [3 × 2]
(a) If \(\vec { a }\) and \(\vec { b }\) are perpendicular vectors, \(\left| \vec { a } +\vec { b } \right| =13\) 13 and \(\left| \vec { a } \right|\) = 5. find the value of \(\left| \vec { b } \right|\).
(b) Find the length of the perpendicular from origin to the plane \(\vec { r } \cdot \left( 3\hat { i } -4\hat { j } -12\hat { k } \right) +39=0\)
(c) Find the angle between the two lines 2x = 3y = -z and 6x = -y = -4z.
Solution:
(a) Here, \(\vec { a }\) and \(\vec { b }\) are perpendicular vectors

(b) Length of the perpendicular from the origin O(0, 0, 0) to the given plane

(c) Given lines are:

Hence, the lines are perpendicular to each other.

Question 16.

Solution:

Question 17. [4]
(a) Find the equation of the plane passing through the intersection of the planes 2x + 2y – 3z – 7 = 0 and 2x + 5y + 3z – 9 = 0 such that the intercepts made by the resulting plane on the x – axis and the z – axis are equal.
Or
(b) Find the equation of the lines passing through the point (2, 1, 3) and perpendicular to the lines

Solution:
(a) Given planes are:
2x + 2y – 3z – 7 = 0 … (i)
and 2x + 5y + 3z – 9 = 0 … (ii)
Equation of the plane passing through the intersection of the planes (i) and (ii) is:

Question 18. [6]
Draw a rough sketch and find the area bounded by the curve x² = y and x + y = 2.
Solution:

The given curves are: x² = y
Which is an upward parabola with vertex at origin
And line x + y = 2 ⇒ y = 2 – x
x² = 2 – x
⇒ x² + x – 2 = 0
⇒ (x + 2)(x – 1) = 0
⇒ x = -2 and x = 1
Now, y = 2-(-2) = 4
and y = 2 – 1 ⇒ y = 1
⇒ y = 4 and y = 1
Thus, the points of intersection are (-2, 4) and (1, 1)
Required area of shaded region

Section – C (20 Marks)

Question 19.
(a) A company produces a commodity with ₹ 24,000 as fixed cost. The variable cost estimated to be 25% of the total revenue received on selling the product, is at the rate of ₹ 8 per unit. Find the break-even point.
(b) The total cost function for a production is given by C (x) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) x² – 7x + 27.
Find the number of units produced for which M.C. = AC.
(M.C. = Marginal Cost and A.C. = Average Cost)
(c) If \(\vec { x }\) = 18, \(\vec { x }\) = 100, σ_x = 14, σ_y = 20 and correlation coefficient r_xy = 0.8, find the reggression equation of y on x.
Solution:
(a) Suppose that x number of the unit be produced and sold.
As each unit’s variable cost is 25% of revenue
The variable cost of x units = 25 % of ₹ 8x = ₹ 2x
Total cost of producing x units C(x) = TFC + TVC = ₹ (24000 + 2x)
Price of one unit = ₹ 8
Total revenue of selling x units = R(x) = ₹ 8x
At break-even values,
C(x) = R(x)
⇒ 24000 + 2x = 8x
⇒ 24000 = 6x
⇒ x = 4000
(b) Total cost function for a production

Question 20. [4]
(a) The following results were obtained with respect to two variables x and y:
Σx = 15, Σy = 25, Σxy = 83, Σx² = 55, Σy2 = 135 and n = 5
(i) Find the regression coefficient bxy.
(ii) Find the regression equation of x on y.
Or
(b) Find the equation of the regression line of y on x, if the observations (x, y) are as follows:
(1, 4), (2, 8), (3, 2), (4, 12), (5, 10), (6, 14), (7, 16), (8, 6), (9, 18)
Also, find the estimated value of y when x = 14.
Solution:

Question 21. [4]
(a) The cost function of a product is given by C (x) = \(\frac { { x }^{ 3 } }{ 3 }\) – 45x² – 900x + 36, where x is the number of units produced. How many units should be produced to minimise the marginal cost?
Or
(b) The marginal cost function of x units of a product is given by MC = 3x² – 10x + 3. The cost of producing one unit is ₹ 7. Find the total cost function and average cost function.
Solution:

Question 22. [6]
A carpenter has 90, 80 and 50 running feet respectively of teak wood, plywood and rosewood which is used to produce product A and product B. Each unit of product A requires 2, 1 and 1 running feet and each unit of product B requires 1, 2 and 1 running feet of teak wood, plywood and rosewood respectively. If product A is sold for ₹ 48 per unit and product B is sold for ₹ 40 per unit, how many units of product A and product B should be produced and sold by the carpenter, in order to obtain the maximum gross income?
Formulate the above as a Linear Programming Problem and solve it, indicating clearly the feasible region in the graph.
Solution:
Let x units of product A and y units of product B be produced and sold by the carpenter. Then information given in the statement is tabulated as:

Then the LPP is maximise P = 48x + 40y
Subject to the constraints:
2x + y ≤ 90 …..(i)
x + 2y ≤ 80 ….. (ii)
x + y ≤ 50 ….. (iii)
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0

Draw the graphs of equations (i), (ii), (iii)
Then shaded region is the required feasible region which is bounded with comer points
O(0, 0), A(45, 0), B(40, 0), C(20, 30) and D(0, 40).
At O(0, 0), the value of P = 0 + 0 = 0
At A(45, 0), the value of P = 48 × 45 + 0 = 2160
At B(40,10), the value of P = 48 × 40 + 40 × 10 = 2320 → Maximum
At C(20, 30), the value of P = 48 × 20 + 40 × 30 = 2160
At D(0, 40), the value of P = 0 + 40 × 40 = 1600
We have the maximum value of P as ₹ 2320 and it is obtained at the vertex B (40, 10).
Hence, the maximum gross income of the carpenter should make 40 units of product A and 10 units of product B.

ISC Class 12 Maths Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Computer Science Previous Year Question Paper 2012 Solved for Class 12

Maximum Marks: 70
Time allowed: 3 hours

Part – I
Answer all questions

While answering questions in this Part, indicate briefly your working and reasoning, wherever required.

Question 1.
(a) Using a truth table, verify the following expression: [2]
X + (Y + Z) = (X + Y) + Z
Also, state the law.
(b) Given, F (X, Y, Z) = (X’ + Y’) . (Y + Z’) [2]
Write the function in the canonical product of sum form.
(c) Draw the truth table and logic circuit for a 2-input XNOR gate. [2]
(d) Find the complement of the following expression: [2]
X’ + XY’
(e) If (X ⇒ Y) then write its: [2]
(i) Converse
(ii) Contra positive
Answer:

Question 2.
(a) Differentiate between the keywords extends and implements. [2]
(b) State how a binary tree is a recursive data structure. [2]
(c) A matrix B[10][7] is stored in the memory with each element requiring 2 bytes of storage. If the base address at B [x] [1] is 1012 and the address at B |7][3] is 1060, determine the value of ‘x’ where the matrix is stored in Column Major wise. [2]
(d) Convert the following infix notation to its postfix form: [2]
A + (B + C) + (D + E) * F)/G
(e) What is a constructor? State one difference between a constructor and any other member function of a class. [2]
Answer:
(a)

Extends	Implements
1. Extends keyword is used to implement the concept of inheritance. 2. Extends is used when creating a sub-class.	1. Implements keyword is used for implementing an interface by a class. 2. Implements are used when implementing an interface.

(b) A tree is a recursive data structure because each node has a reference to its other subtrees. e.g. the following binary tree:

has two binary trees as its children, which are:

This property of the binary tree is applicable at all levels of binary trees.

(c) Given
i = 10, j = 7, w = 2, B = 1012
r = 10, w = ?
Add [i][j] = 1060
Colomn wise
Add [i][i] = B + [(J – Lc) + (I – Lr)]
⇒ 1060 = 1012 + [(3 – 1) * 10 + (7 – x)] * 2
⇒ 1060 – 1012 = 2 [(7 – x) + 20]
⇒ 48 = 2[(7 – x) + 20]
⇒ 7 – x = 4
⇒ x = 7 – 4 = 3

(d) A + (B + C) + (D + E)*F)/G
= A + (BC + + DE + * F)/G
= A + (BC + + DE + F*)/G
= A + BC + DE + F* + /G
= A + BC + DE + F* + G/
= ABC + DE + F* + G/+

(e) Constructor is a member function used to create and initialise the object with legal set of values. Constructors have same name as that of class while functions have different names.

Question 3.
(a) The following function is a part of some class which computes and sorts an array arr [] is ascending order using the bubble sort technique. There are some places in the code marked by ?1?, ?2?, ?3?, ?4?, ?5? which must be replaced by a statement/expression so that the function works properly:

void bubblesort (int arr [])
{
int i. j, k temp;
for (i = 0; ?1?; i ++)
{
for (j = 0; ?2?;j++)
{
arr[j] > ?3?)
{
temp = arr [j];
?4? = arr [j + 1];
arr [j + 1] = ?5?;
}
}
}
}

(i) What is the expression or statement at ?1? [1]
(ii) What is the expression or statement at ?2? [1]
(iii) What is the expression or statement at ?3? [1]
(iv) What is the expression or statement at ?4? [1]
(v) What is the expression or statement at ?5? [1]
(b) The following function witty() is a part of some class. What will be the output of the function witty( ) when the value of n is ‘SCIENCE’ and the value of p is 5. Show the dry run/working: [5]

void witty (String n, int p)
{
if (p < 0)
System.out.println(" ");
else
{
System. out .printing. char At (p) + " . ");
witty (n, p - 1);
System.out.print[n. char At (p)]:
}
}

Answer:
(a) (i) i < arr.length
(ii) j < arr.length – 1 – i
(iii) arr [j + 1]
(iv) arr [j]
(v) temp
(b) C.
N.
E.
I.
C.
S.
SCIENCE.

Part – II

Answer seven questions in this part, choosing three questions from Section A, two from Section B and tiro from Section C.

Section – A
Answer any three questions

Question 4.
(a) Given the Boolean function:
F(A, B, C, D) = Σ (4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15).
(i) Reduce the above expression by using 4-variable K-Map. showing the various groups (i.e., octal, quads and pairs). [4]
(ii) Draw the logic gate diagram of the reduced expression. Assume that the variables and their complements are available as inputs. [1]
(b) Given the Boolean function:
F (P, Q, R, S) = Π (0, 5, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15)
(i) Reduce the above expression by using 4-variable K-Map, showing the various groups (i.e., octal, quads and pairs). [4]
(ii) Draw the logic gate diagram of the reduced expression. Assume that the variables and their complements are available as inputs. [1]
Answer:
(a) F(A, B, C, D) = Σ (4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15).

Question 5.
(a) The Principal of a school intends to select students for admission to class XI on the following criteria:
The student is of the same school and has passed the class X Board Examination with more than 60% marks.
Or
Students are of the same school, has passed the class X Board Examination with less than 60% marks but has taken an active part in co-curricular activities.
Or
The student is not from the same school but has either passed the class X Board Examination with more than 60% marks or has participated in sports at the National Level.
The inputs are:

Inputs
S	Student of the same school.
P	Has passed the class X Board Examination with more than 60% marks.
C	Has taken an active part in co-curricular activities.
T	Has participated in sports at the National Level.

(b) Output: X-Denotes admission status [1 indicates granted and 0 indicates refused in all the cases.]
(a) Draw the truth table for the inputs and outputs given above and write the SOP expression. [5]
(b) Reduce X (S, P, C, T) using Karnaugh’s Map.
Draw the logic gate diagram for the reduced SOP expression for X (S, P, C, T) using AND and OR gate. You may use gates with two or more inputs. Assume that the variable and their complements are available as inputs. [5]
Answer:

Question 6.
(a) Verify algebraically if, [3]
X’Y’Z’ + X’Y’Z + X’YZ + X’YZ’ + XY’Z’ + XY’Z = X’ + Y’
(b) Represent the Boolean expression X + YZ’ with the help of NOR gates only. [3]
(c) Define the terms Contingency, Contradiction and Tautology. [4]
(d) Consider the following truth table where A and B are two inputs and X is the output:

(i) Name and draw the logic gate for the given truth table.
(ii) Write the POS of X (A, B).
Answer:

(c) Contingency: The proposition that has some combination of 0’s and 1’s in their truth table column are called contingency.
Contradiction: The propositions having only O’S m their truth table column are called contradictions.
Tautology: The propositions having the only 1’s in their truth table column are called tautologies.

Question 7.
(a) Define Multiplexer and state one of its uses. Draw the logic diagram for a 4 : 1 Multiplexer. [4]
(b) State how a Half Adder is different from a Full Adder. Also, give their respective uses. [3]
(c) Minimize the following expression using Boolean laws: [3]
Q.(Q’ + P)R.(Q + R)
Also, draw the logic gate for the reduced expression.
Answer:
(a) A multiplexer is a combinational circuit that selects binary information from more than one input lines and directs it to a single output line.
It is used in parallel to serial conversion.

(b) Half Adder is used to add two bits while Full Adder is used to add three bits. Adders are used in ALU to process binary number.

Section – B
Answer any tivo questions

• Each program should be written in such a way that it clearly depicts the logic of the problem.
• This can be achieved by using mnemonic names and comments in the program.
• Flowcharts and Algorithms are not required
• The programs must be written in Java

Question 8.
A class Combine contains an array of integers which combines two arrays into a single array including the duplicate elements, if any, and sorts the combined array. Some of the members of the class are given below: [10]
Class name: Combine
Data Members/instance variables:
com[]: integer array
size: size of the array
Member functions/methods:
Combine(nt nn): parameterized constructor to assign size = nn
void inputarray(): accepts the array elements.
void sort(): sorts the elements of the combined array in ascending order using the selection sort technique.
void mix(Combine A, Combine B): combines the parameterized object arrays and stores the result in the current object array along with duplicate elements, if any.
void display(): displays the array elements
Specify the class Combine giving details of the constructor (int), void inputarray(), void sort(), void mix (Combine, Combine) and void display (). Also, define the main() function to create an object and call the methods accordingly to enable the task.
Answer:

Import java. io.*;
class Combine
{
int com [], size;
public Combine (int nn)
{
size = nn;
com = new int [size];
}
void inputarray () throws IOException
{
Buffered Reader br = new
Buffered Reader [new Input Stream Reader (System.in)];
int i;
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
{
System.out.println ("Enter a no.");
com [i] = Integer.parseInt[br.readLine ()];
}
}
void sort ()
{
int i, j, t;
for (i = 0; z < size; i++)
{
for (j = i + 1; j < size; j++) { if (com[i] > com [j])
{
t = com [i];
com [i] = com [j];
com [j] = t;
}
}
}
}
void mix (Combine A, Combine B)
{
int i, j;
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < A.size; i ++, j++)
{
com[j] = A.com[i];
{
for (i = 0; i < B.size; i++, j++)
{
com [j] = B.com [i];
}
}
void display ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < size; i ++)
{
System.out.println(com[i]);
}
}
public static void main (String args [ ]) throws IOException
{
Combine c1 = new Combine(5);
Combine c2 = new Combine(3);
Combine c3 = new Combine(8);
c1.inputarray();
c2.inputarray();
c3.mix (c1, c2);
c3.sort();
c3.display();
}
}

Question 9.
Design a class VowelWord to accept a sentence and calculate the frequency of words that begin with a vowel. The words in the input string are separated by a single blank space and terminated by a full stop. The description of the class is given below: [10]
Class name: VowelWord
Data Members/instance variables:
str: to store a sentence
freq: store the frequency of the words beginning with a vowel.
Member functions:
VowelWord(): constructor to initialize data members to a legal initial value
void readstr(): to accept a sentence
void freq_vowel: counts the frequency of the words that begin with a vowel
void display(): to display the original string and the frequency of the words that begin with a vowel.
Specify the class VowelWord giving details of the constructor (), void readstr (), void freq_vowel () and void display (). Also, define the main () function to create an object and call the methods accordingly to enable the task.
Answer:

import java.io.*;
class VowelWord
{
String str;
int freq;
public VowelWord()
{
str = "Evergreen Publications, Jalandhar, Punjab";
freq = 0;
}
void readstr( )throws IOException
{
BufferedReader br = new
BufferedReader (new InputStreamReader (System.in));
System.out.println('Enter a Sentence.');
str = br.readLine ();
}
void freq vowel()
{
String w;
int i , l;
char ch;
l = str.length();
for (i = 0; i< 1; i++)
{ 
w = " "; 
while(str.charAt (i) ! = '' && 
str.chartAt(i)! =' ') 
{ 
w = w + str.charAt (i); 
i++; 
} 
w = w.toLowerCase(); 
ch = w.charAt(0);
if (ch == 'a' || ch == 'e' || ch = 'i' || ch = 'o' || ch = 'u') 
{ 
freq++; 
} 
} 
} 
void display()
 { 
System.out.println("Original String : " + str); 
System.out.println("Frequency of Words Beginning with vowel are : " + freq); 
} 
public static void main(String args[])throws IOException 
{ 
VowelWord ob = new VowelWord(); 
ob.readstr(); ob.ffeq _vowel(); 
ob.display( );
} 
}

Question 10.
A happy number is a number in which the eventual sum of the square of the digits of the number is equal to 1. [10]
Example:
28 = (2)² + (8)² = 4 + 64 = 68
68 = (6)² + (8)² = 36 + 64 = 100
100 = (1)² + (0)² + (0)² = 1 + 0 + 0 = 1
Hence, 28 is a happy number.
Example:
12 = (1)² + (2)² = 1 + 4 = 5
Hence, 12 is not a happy number.
Design a class Happy to check if a given number is a happy number. Some of the members of the class are given below:
Class name: Happy
Data Members/instance variables:
n: stores the number Member functions
Happy( ): constructor to assign 0 to n.
void getnum (int nn): to assign the parameter value to the number n = nn.
int sum_sq_digits (int x): returns the sum of the square of the digits of the number x, using the recursive technique
void is happy (): checks if the given number is a happy number by calling the function sum_sq_digits(int) and displays an appropriate message.
Specify the class Happy giving details of the constructor (), void getnum (int), int sum_sq_digits (int) and void ishappy (). Also define a main ( s) function to create an object and call the methods to check for happy number.
Answer:

class Happy 
{ 
int n, s, d;
public Happy() 
{ 
n = 0; 
} 
void getnum (int nn) 
{ 
n = nn, 
} 
int sum_sq_digits(int x)
{ if (x > 0)
{
d = x%10;
s = s + d*d;
x = x/10;
return (sum_sq_digits (x));
}
else
{
returns;
}
}
void ishappy ()
{
int a;
while (n > 9)
{
s = 0;
n = sum_sq_digits(n):
}
if (n== 1)
System.out.println("Happy No.");
else
System out.println("Not a Happy No.");
}
}

Section – C
Answer any two questions

• Each Program Algorithm should be written in such a way that it clearly depicts the logic of the problem stepwise.
• This can also be achieved by using pseudo-codes.
• Flowcharts are not required
• The programs must be written in Java.
• The algorithm must be written in general/standard form, wherever required.

Question 11.
Link is an entity which can hold a maximum of 100 integers. Link enables the user to add elements from the rear end and remove integers from the front end of the entity. Define a class Link with the following details:
Class name: Link
Data Members/instance variables:
Ink []: entity to hold the integer elements,
max: stores the maximum capacity of the entity,
begin: to point to the index of the front end.
end: to point to the index of the rear end.
Member functions:
Link(intmm): constructor to initialize max = mm. begin = 0. end = 0.
void addlink (int v): to add an element from the rear index if possible otherwise display the message “OUT OF SIZE… ”
int dellink(): to remove and return an element from the front index. if possible otherwise display the message “EMPTY …” and return – 99.
void display(): displays the elements of the entity.
(a) Specify the class Link giving details of the constructor (int), void addlink (int), int dellink() and void display ( ). [9]
THE MAIN FUNCTION AND ALGORITHM NEED NOT BE WRITTEN.
(b) What type of data structure is the above entity? [1]
Answer:

(a) class Link
{
int Ink [ ] = new int [100];
int begin, end. max;
public Link (int mm)
{
max = mm;
begin = end = 0;
}
void addlink(int v)
{
if (end==0)
{
end = begin = 1;
Ink [end] = v;
}
else if (end == max)
{
System.out.println("List is Full");
}
else
Ink [++end] = v;
}
}
int dellink ()
{
int a;
if (begin == 0)
{
System.out.println(" Empty...");
return - 99;
}
else if (begin == end)
{
a = Ink [begin];
begin = end = 0;
return a;
}
else
{
a = Ink [begin];
begin++;
return (a);
}
}
void display()
{
int i;
for(i = begin; i < = end; i++) 
{ 
System.out.println(lnk[i]); 
} 
} 
}

(b) It is a Queue.

Question 12.
A superclass Detail has been defined to store the details of a customer. Define a subclass Bill to compute the monthly telephone charge of the customer as per the chart is given below:
Number of calls: Rate
1 – 100: Only rental charge
101 – 200: 60 paise per call + rental charge
201 – 300: 80 paise per call + rental charge
Above 300: 1 rupee per call + rental charge
The details of both the classes are given below:
Class name: Detail
Data members/instance variables:
name: to store the name of the customer
address: to store the address of the customer
telno: to store the phone number of the customer
rent: to store the monthly rental charge
Member functions:
Detail (…): parameterized constructor to assign values to data members
void show (): to display the details of the customer
Class name: Bill
Data members/instance variables:
n: to store the number of calls
amt: to store the amount to be paid by the customer
Member functions:
Bill (…): parameterized constructor to assign values to data members of both classes and to initialize amt = 0.0
void cal(): calculate the monthly telephone charge as per the chart is given above
void show(): displays the details of the customer and amount to be paid.
Specify the class Detail giving details of the constructor, and void show(). Using the concept of inheritance, specify the class Bill giving details of the constructor(), void cal() and void show().
THE MAIN ( ) FUNCTION AND ALGORITHM NEED NOT BE WRITTEN.
Answer:

class Detail
{
protected String name, add;
protected long telno;
protected double rent;
public Detail (String n, String a, long t, double r)
{
name = n;
add = a;
telno = t;
rent = r;
}
void show ()
{
System.out.println(name + " " + add + " " + telno + " " + rent);
}
}
class Bill extends Detail
{
int n;
double amt;
public Bill (String nm, string ad, long tn, double rn, int, n1)
{
super (nm, ad, tn, rn):
n = n1;
amt = 0.0;
}
void cal ()
{
if (n > = 1 && n < = 100)
{
amt = rent;
}
else if (n > 100 && n < = 200)
{ amt = rent + (n - 100) * 0.60;
}
else if (n > 200 && n< = 300)
{
amt = rent + 100 * 0.60 + (n - 200) * 0.80:
}
else if (n > 300)
{
amt = rent + (0.60 * 100) + (0.80 * 100) + (n - 300) * 100);
}
void show()
{
super.show();
System.out.println("Amount to be paid = "+amt/100 + "Rs");
}
}

ISC Class 12 Computer Science Previous Year Question Papers

ISC English Language Previous Year Question Paper 2011 Solved for Class 12

Question 1.
Write a composition (in approximately 450-500 words) on any one of the following subjects [30]
(You are reminded that you will be rewarded for orderly and coherent presentation of material, use of appropriate style and general accuracy of spelling, punctuation and grammar.)

(a) ‘Advancement in Science and Technology has made life more convenient and comfortable’. Describe ‘one day’ in the life of a common man, highlighting the significance of the above statement.
(b) ‘The joys and challenges of adolescence’. Explore the theme by referring to your own experiences.
(c) Inspiration.
(d) ‘The end justifies the means’. Argue for or against the proposition.
(e) ‘We fight for our rights but forget our duties’. Bring out the implication of this statement giving your own views.
(f) (i) Write an original story which has for its ending :
……………………. I said to myself, “Truth indeed is stranger than fiction’’.
OR
(ii) Write an original story entitled : ‘The Secret’.
Answers:
(a) Its 21st century-a day starts with toothpaste and brush not with dust of limestone. – other aspects of science which have made our life convenient – common things of technology- electricity – TV, Computer, AC, Mobile phones, print – newspapers and magazines, books vehicles – cars, buses, trains, motor bikes – how all these help in making life smoother. (Narrative is important. Should not be in first person narrative.)

(b) What is adolescence – its significance – its problems and benefits – attitude towards life during this period, how the youngsters are treated by others – the characteristic features of this period – adamant, high spirited, emotional, gullible, motivated – How these qualities and follies should be utilised and dealt with.

(c) Inspiration – Its merits – how it helps – (give examples of from your own life) – how it leads to victory – cause behind all great achievements.

(d) For – The result justifies everything – How our aim is achieved is not significant – present day scenario-what you achieve at the days’ end is more important – ethical values insignificant – fools think about the method and not the end – examples – reinforcement of the view.

Against Its not the end but how the aim is achieved, is more important – Ethical and moral values – present day rat race is a result of the loss of these ethical values – sense of responsibility – (Instances of the countiy, taking decision) – Reinstate your views.

(e) We fight but forget our duties – inspired and instigated by others – not being aware of the issue – unaware of the true reason – fighting for rights without being aware of what we are fighting for – too much engrossed in it – neglecting our moral duties – this leads to moral degradation.

(f) (i) We had often seen him moving from one platform to another. He was always in rags. He had a steel trunk lying in one corner. We used to think what would there be in that trunk which the old man guarded so carefully. One day the man had a severe heart attack and died. People assembled round his dead body. Soon a young man came there. Weeping bitterly he, claimed that the old man was his father. Now that he had died his dead body and the trunk belonged to him. Nobody objected to it. But within the minutes, finding a suitable opportunity the young man made away with the trunk. When the young man who had claimed to be the old man’s son had disappeared a well dressed middle-aged man came there. With his eyes bent in shame he said, that the old man was his father and he was his only son. We could not help saying that truth is indeed stranger than fiction.

Question 2.
The Interact Club of your school held a week literacy campaign recently. As a member of the club, write a report for the school magazine in about 300 words on the activities undertaken by the club members during the campaign. Use the notes given below. You may include other relevant details.

Announcement about the campaign in the morning assembly – purpose of the campaign – banners and posters made – visit to a slum – interaction between members of the club and the children of the slum – books, notebooks and stationery distributed – children taught in groups – food packets distributed – response from learners. [20]
Answers:
Successful Literacy Campaign:
As secretary of the Interact Club of our school, it is my privilege to report about the literacy campaign arranged by our school during last month. Our respected Principal announced about the literacy campaign in the morning assembly. The purpose of this campaign was to bring awakening among the slum children and to encourage them to join schools and acquire the benefits of education. Accordingly, we made arrangements and went to the nearby slum area, which was considered to be the most backward.

The members of the club were divided into separate groups. One such group was assigned the duty to make the banners and posters for the purpose. We interacted with the children of the slum area and tried to be acquainted with their problems.

It was revealed that most of the children worked in different shops to earn some money for their families and hence the habit of going to school was never encouraged by their parents also. The children seemed quite eager to be regular school goes if they were given the chance.

We found that they were too poor to buy the necessary’ books, notebooks and stationery. So we distributed the needed books and notebooks and encouraged them to go to school and explained to them the benefits of education.

Next, the members of another group took the responsibility of teaching the students. The children were divided into separate groups and different members were assigned the duty to teach them. They were also provided inter food packets. We received a very amiable and welcoming response from the slum children. They assured us that they would continue to study hard. They would work hard and become educated citizens of the country. Their parents too felt obliged and thanked us. In short, it was a very successful campaign.

Question 3.
Answer sections (a), (b) and (c). [10]
(a) In each of the following items, sentence A is complete, while sentence B is not.
Complete sentence B, making it as similar in meaning as possible to sentence A.
Write down sentence B in each case.
Example : (0)
(A) : Everyone knows that Ram is brave.
(B) : There is no one
Answer : (0) There is no one who does not know that Ram is brave.
(1)
(A) : Those who are honest are trusted by all,
(B) : The ……………………………………..

(2)
(A) ; Kusum is not as intelligent as her brother Kabir.
(B) ; ‘Kabir ……………………………………..

(3)
(A) : There were many problems in the beginning, all the saine it has been a successful event.
(B) : Not withstanding the ……………………………………..

(4)
(A) : She was in a hum’ and I was in a hum’ too.
(B) : She was in a hurry and so ……………………………………..

(5)
(A) : Mr. Kapoor taught us western music in school.
(B) : We were ……………………………………..

(6)
(A) : I am sorry I am unable to accompany you.
(B) : I regret my ……………………………………..

(7)
(A) : Smoking can cause damage to ‘our health,
(B) : Your health ……………………………………..

(8)
(A) : The prices of food grains have increased due to hoarding.
(B) : Hoarding has led ……………………………………..

(9)
(A) : Not many people listen to the radio these days.
(B) : Few ……………………………………..

(10)
(A) : Arun is fat, ‘vet he runs fast,
(B) : In spite ……………………………………..

(b) Fill in each blank with a suitable word. (Do not write the sentence): [5]
(1) This is ___________ all means the better book.
(2) The robbers broke _________ the house in the middle of the night.
(3) The kitchen was infested ____________ rats.
(4) During hic vacations. LHC students will be bus preparing ____________ the examinations.
(5) The workers toiled ____________ dawn to dusk.
(6) I take ____________ all that I said about him as I realise I had been wrong.
(7) He returned to his country ____________ ten long years.
(8) Ravi distributed the chocolates ____________ his cousins.
(9) The workers said they would call ____________ the strike if their demands were met.
(10) The old man passed ____________ in his sleep.

(c) Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the word given in brackets. (Do not write the sentences) : [5]
(1) We ____________ (be) all, the caretakers of this earth.
(2) He need not go to the doctor as his fever ____________ (subside).
(3) The plane landed at Bangalore only two hours after ____________ (take) off from Delhi.
(4) As soon as the teacher entered the class, the students ____________ (stand) up to wish her.
(5) The river Ganga : ____________ (has) its origin in the Himalayas.
(6) The patient ____________ (die) before the doctor arrived.
(7) The joys and sorrows of life ____________ (weave) together.
(8) David ____________ (exercise) regularly when he was in college.
(9) Avoid ____________ (eat) junk food in order to remain healthy.
(10) Let me know as soon as they ____________ (finish).
Answers:
(a) (1) The honest are trusted by all.
(2) Kabir is more intelligent than his sister Kusum.
(3) Notwithstanding the many problems in the beginning, it has been a successful event.
(4) She was in a hurry and so was I.
(5) We were taught western music in school by Mr Kapoor.
(6) I regret my inability to accompany you.
(7) Your health can be damaged by smoking.
(8) Hoarding has led to an increase in the prices of food grains.
(9) Few people today listen to the radio.
(10) Inspite of being fat, Arun runs fast.

(b)
(1) by (2) into (3) with (4) for (5) from (6) back (7) after (8) among (9) off (10) away

(c)
(1) are (2) has subsided (3) taking (4) stood (5) has (6) had died (7) are woven (8) exercised (9) eating (10) finish

Question 4.
Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow:-
(1) The boy found the kites from Japan hidden in a dark passage of the house. Snehamoy helped him take out the kites from the box,Jifting each delicately by its staff, and spread them out on the courtyard.

(2) They fixed the day of celebration for Biswakarma- the god of machines to be their kite-flying day. But first, they’d have to be ready with rolls of line to fly the kites, lines sharpened with a coating of finely ground glass to cut those of their rivals. A suitable field must be found, one with a good view of the horizon and free of trees to prevent the lines getting tangled up in the branches. Their hearts pounded at the thought of a kite-fight. Like a sensible teacher, Snehamoy sat the boy down with his exercise book. ‘If each kite takes five hundred feet of line to fly, how many feet would twenty kites take ?’ he asked the boy. The boy frowned. ‘Only five hundred feet for each kite ! What if they get tangled with others during a fight and keep circling away needing more and more ?’

(3) The two spent a whole afternoon asking neighbours for empty glass bottles. Snehamoy’s aunt smashed them in her kitchen, then ground the shards in a pestle, pricking her thumb in the process. Glue was added to the glass granules, and a touch of vermilion dye to have the lines stand out against the blue sky and the clouds After returning from school, Snehamoy joined the boy in stringing lines from one end of their courtyard to another. Then, like workers, they wrapped their palms in soft cotton cloth, took lavish dips in the pail of abrasive, and went from one end of a line to another, carefully applying a uniform layer over it. In the end, they sat back in the kitchen and admired the brilliant maze turning their courtyard into a field of red pepper.

(4) For days, pedalling to and fro from school, Snehamoy heard the village buzzing with the impending kite-fight. Rival groups of boys formed teams and were spurred on bv a shopkeeper who was offering his regular kites free to anyone who was willing to brave the foreign invasion. Yet on the day of the grand contest, as the first of the Japanese kites came out of the box and heaved by its flyers, went up over the school building, there was a pall of silence. It was a giant Baromon, crashing the helmet of a samurai warrior between its teeth. Scarlet and ochre, it hung still, face up, refused to be cowed by the stiff breeze.

(5) Standing in a circle with the boys, Snehamoy strung the kites, gaze fixed on the sky. Like characters in a play, they made their appearance one by one. The Tsugara whirred like an airplane through a clever loop fixed on its back. The crowd went into a roar over the kabuki faces, which floated in the sky like stained glass windows lit by the afternoon sun. Soon the lines were crossing and tangling up the kites with a steady stream of taunts spurring on the flyers. The boy reached inside the kite box and scooped out more. Instantly the field buzzed with humming and whistling kites shaped as cicadas, gnats, dragonflies and dancing carps. It felt like a carnival and drew the crowd’s applause.

[Adapted from: The Japanese Wife – Kunal Basil]

(a) (0 Use each of the following words as used in the passage in a sentence of your own . construction so as to bring out its meaning very clearly. Using the word in a context very similar to the passage will be penalised. [5]
(1) field ………… (line 5)
(2) horizon ………… (line 7)
(3) rival ………… (line 22)
(4) contest ………… (line 24)
(5) scooped ………… (line 33)

(ii) For each of the words given below, write a sentence of at least 10 words using the word unchanged in form, but with a different meaning from that it carries in the passage: [4]
(1) staff (line 2)
(2) line (line 5)
(3) ground (line 14)
(4) uniform (line 19)

(iii) Explain, in the context of the passage in not more than two sentences of your own, the meaning of each of the following expressions taken from the passage (merely using phrases will not do). [4]
(1) ………… have the lines stand out against the blue sky and the clouds, (lines 15-16)
(2) ………… the brilliant maze turning their courtyard into a field of red pepper, (lines 20)
(3) ………… were spurred on by a shopkeeper who was offering his regular kites free to anyone who was willing to brave the foreign invasion (lines 22- 24).
(4) It felt like a carnival and drew the crowd’s applause, (line 35)

(b) Answer the following questions in your own words as briefly as possible :
(i) Where did the boy find the kites ? [1]
(ii) How did Snehamoy and the boy decide how much line each kite would need ? [2]
(iii) What effect did the impending kite-fight have on the villagers ? [2]
(iv) Describe the first kite which was heaved into the sky. [1]
(v) How did the kites flown by Snehamoy and the boy add to the atmosphere of joy and brightness ? [1]
(c) In not more than 100 words of your own, describe the arrangements made by Snehamoy and his companion before the kite-fight. (Failure to keep within the word limit will be penalised.) [10]
Answers:
(a) (i) (1) field-Farmers were working in the field.
(2) horizon – At sunset the horizon appears to be merged with the sky and the sea.
(3) rival – The two football teams – Mohanbagan and Eastbengal have always been rival teams.
(4) contest – In the beauty contest much of flood light is used to create an effect of grandeur.
(5) scooped – Children scooped the delicious icecream from the cup and enjoyed tasting it.

(ii) (1) Staff – His name was not found in the list of staff members.
(2) Line – He drew a straight line.
(3) Ground – In the time of flood, the people living on the ground floor, rushed climbing the stairs to reach the top floor.
(4) Uniform – A policeman in uniform must not forget his duty and responsibility as a government servant.

(iii) 1. The reel of hard starched strings will roll in the hand as the kite flies higher and higher to keep the string taut.
2. While the kite flying strings coated with different stuff and colours were displayed for diyingup in the couftyard, it appeared to be a colourful maze with small pepperlike beads.
3. In the competiton of flying kites, the boys formed different rival groups among themselves and they were enthusiastically joined by the shopkeeper who was too zealous to supply more and more kites free of cost to the boys who were competing to pull down the kites of their rivals.
4. The sky wore a festive and colourful look being dotted with kites of different shapes, sizes and colours to arrest people’s applause.

(b) (i) The boy found the kites hidden in a dark passage of the house.
(ii) Snehamoy and the boy sat with an exercise book and calculated how much line each kite needed. Snehamoy suggested five hundred feet for each kite, but the boy suggested that more line was needed for the twenty kites.
(iii) The villagers were quite excited about the kite fighting. Rival groups of boys formed teams and they were encouraged by a local shopkeeper who was offering his regular kites for free to stop the invasion of the Japanese kites.
(iv) The first kite was a giant Baromon, crushing the helmet of a Samurai warrior between its teeth. Searlet and ochre, it hung still face up, refused to be cowed by the stiff breeze.
(v) The field buzzed with humming and whistling kites shaped as cicadas, gnats dragonflies and dancing carps. These felt like a carnival and drew the crowd’s applause.

(c) Snehamoy and the boy calculated how much line they would need for the kites to fly. They collected empty bottles and got them ground. Glue was added to the glass granules to make paste for the line. A touch of vermilion was added too, to make the line visible in the sky. Together, they strung lines in their courtyard. Like workers they wrapped their palms in soft cotton cloth, took lavish dips in the abrasive mix and went from one end of a line to another, carefully applying a uniform layer on the line. They got a lot of praise from the crowd.

ISC Class 12 English Language Previous Year Question Papers

ISC English Language Question Paper 2010 Solved for Class 12

Question 1.
Write a composition (in approximately 450-500 words) on any one of the following subjects:- [30]
(You are reminded that you will be rewarded for orderly and coherent presentation of material, use of appropriate style and general accuracy of spelling, punctuation and grammar.)
(a) A foreigner will be visiting you for a fortnight and you wish to introduce him/her to ‘ Incredible India’ during that time. Give an account of your plans.
(b) ‘Relatives are a tedious and curious pack of people’. Express you views on this topic.
(c) Colour.
(d) Describe the scene at a busy railway station during the holiday season. Your description should recall vividly the bustle and confusion of such a scene.
(e) Academics and extra-curricular activities must be given equal importance in school. Write for or against proposition.
(f) Write an original short story beginning with the words :
I knew at once that the blue envelope was from her. My hands trembled as I reached for it ……………..
OR
Write an original short story’ which has for its ending :
…………………… You may print this if you like.
Answers:
(a) ‘Incredible India’
The Image of India in Western countries is quite dull and negative. India has all along been dubbed as a dark, mysterious, backward country-a land of magicians, snake-charmers, flies and beggars. Only a few foreigners are aware of India which is really incredible – a country with amazing beautiful natural sights, rich flora and fauna and a large cultural diversity. E.Max Mueller, a great German scholar, proclaimed in one of his essays : “If I were to look over the whole world to find out the country most richly endowed with all the wealth, power and beauty that nature can bestow – in some parts a paradise on earth – I should point to India”.

It is this wonderful India that I plan to show to my friend John who is coming to India for a fortnight. First, I would like him to see the progress modem India has made in science and technology by taking him around Indian Institute of Medical Sciences (UMS), Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) in Delhi. I also wish to show him some centres of industry in and around Delhi – in Noida, Gurgaon and Faridabad, which may include Maruti Udyog, some units of computer software companies – a joy ride in the Metro, etc. If possible, I may take him to show some industrial units of Reliance, Tata, ONGC, etc.

Then I would definitely take my friend to show the Taj Mahal, the Sun Temple at Konarak, and one or two other famous places. A visit to Ajanta and Ellora caves is also on my mind. All these places reveal the wealth of art and culture India possesses. I have in mind a visit to the National Museum in New Delhi which provides a glimpse of India’s glorious past and present in diverse fields.

As a fortnight is not sufficient to show even the most important aspects of India, I would not think of a journey across the Southern states. However, I think a visit to beautiful beaches of Goa even for a day is a must. Goa gives an idea of the beauty nature has endowed our country with.

This is what I have in mind. I hope my friend would get a fair idea of the greatness of our country. When he would go back to Canada he would not regret having visited a ‘backward’ country. He would proudly tell his friend what India really is.

(b) ‘Relatives are a tedious and curious pack of people’.
It is true that we can choose our friends but not our relatives. We have to put up with all our relatives, good or bad, we cannot disown them as we cannot disown our parentage.

In the past relatives were always welcome. People were quite sociable and had plenty of time to spare. A visit even of a distant relative was an exciting event, and would make everybody happy. It was so because people were then less demanding. Relatives did not ask for special treatment, separate rooms to sleep, special dishes to eat, or parties in hotels and visits to tourist places. They used to be contented with whatever they got.

However, in present times relatives are no more welcome. With the decline in joint family culture, we have less time at our disposal to welcome our relatives and look after them properly. The pressure of workplace has deprived us of all pleasures of leisure. We remain busy to meet deadlines all the times, whether we are in office or at home. We have no time even to eat and dress properly. We often fail to find time to look after even the basic needs of our family. When a relative turns up in such circumstances, we only curse him and ourselves, though we pretend to be happy at his arrival.

Most of the relatives are insensitive people. They are tedious to deal with. Very often they expect us to take them round the city or take them to a place where they have some job to do or meet someone. They do not bother as to how much inconvenience they cause to their host by making such demands. They simply want all attention and expect to be treated like VIPs. They disturb the peace of the household and disrupt its routine badly.

Some of the relatives prove to be a great nuisance. They have nasty habits of sitting with legs on the sofa, talking noisily and endlessly on insane topics, spitting, snoring, sneezing, smoking, etc. Those who are in the habit of drinking expect the host to serve them drinks daily, even if the host has never touched liquor in his life. When they are offered drinks, they lose their senses and indulge in indecent behav iour and refuse to call it a day even well past midnight. They fail to take notice of sev eral hints dropped to remind them that they should wind up their drinking session and go to their bed.

Relatives need to be now more sensible and sensitive. They should seek prior appointments before making a visit. They need to limit their visits and cut them short. They should make it a point not to upset the routine of their host and his family. If they do so, they would always be a welcome.

(c) Colour
Had there been no colour, life on our earth would have been extremely dull and monotonous. The very thought of black and white, even though black and white are also colours, seems to be discouraging. Think of old black and white movies in contrast with our modem colour movies ! Or think of the landscape devoid of all colours! Colours make everything interesting and charming.

Scientifically, the colour of something is the appearance that it has as a result of the way in which it reflects light. Red, blue and green are primary colours. By mixing one with the other we can have other colours such as yellow, orange, grey, etc. Light consists of seven colours. There are synthetic colours, too, which are prepared by mixing chemicals.

Colours play crucial role in our life. We want to wear colourful dresses. Women are particularly fond of clothes which have dazzling colours. The choice of colour in the selection of one’s clothes reflects one’s personality. A sober person goes in for light and soft colours such as white, sky blue or light green. A showy person selects dark, deep colours. A girl in red attracts all eyes, whereas a girl in white is often overlooked.

Colours have their symbolic value. In our country, white colours are put on by mourners and widows. Black colours are worn by men on sad occasions in the west. Red symbolises passion or danger. Green symbolises peace and prosperity. White symbolises peace. Red, green and amber lights are used as symbols to regulate traffic where roads meet. The flag of a country is sometimes referred to as its colours.

There are many writers who use colour symbolism in their writings. In the story ‘ The Portrait of a Lady ’ Khushwant Singh uses the white to project the serene nature of his grandmother. In ‘The Gift of the Magi O. Henry refers to the ‘grey’ colour to show how Della projects her sadness on to the landscape she sees. In less, Hardy refers to the red coloured ribbon worn by Tess to reveal her vivacity.

The word ‘colour’ occurs in various phrases. Someone’s colour is the colour of his or her skin. Men of colours are those who belong to a race with dark skins. The word ‘colour ’ is also used to speak of a quality that makes something interesting and exciting. We can say: she has married to lend colour to her life. The word ‘colour’ also suggests the way that you think about something. For example, we can say : we should not let others’ opinions colour our attitude.

Thus colour holds an important place in human life and nature. It lends charm to our life.

(d) The Scene at a busy Railway Station
Most of us often visit railway stations to travel or to receive or see off a friend or a relative. The scene at a railway station is always attractive and colourful. In fact, it is replica of human life in general. There is peace and disturbance. There is silence and noise. There are people of various classes, regions and religions. They behave in typical manners. They are seen in different types of dresses. They speak different languages. Some literally take birth, grow up, decay and die at railway stations.

A railway station is a meeting place for all sorts of people. Lots of passengers can be seen on platform before the arrival of a particular train. Some of them continue standing or loitering in wait of the train. They continue to look at their watches as if they had gone slow or dead. They are quite impatient. There are some who sit patiently on benches, sitting idly, watching the scene around, or reading some magazine or newspaper. Vendors of sweets, fruit and biscuits move about shouting their ware. Tea stalls do roaring business.

When the train arrives, everybody hurries up to board the train. People rush inside, sometimes blocking the exit of passengers getting down from the train. The guard begins to walk up and down the platform. The coolies remain busy with the luggage of the passengers. There are sad partings and happy reunions. The guard blows his whistle and shows the green flag. The driver starts the train. Those who have come to see off their friends and relatives leave for their homes.

After the train has left, the platform wears a deserted look. Only a few vendors and coolies are seen relaxing. The hustle and bustle of the scene is gone.

I am particularly reminded of a scene at the railway platform when I went to see off my uncle last Sunday. There was usual hustle and bustle there. Everything seemed to be normal, as one could expect – the vendors’ shouting, the passengers’ anxiety, the coolies’ handling the luggage of the passengers, etc. When the’train was seen entering the platform, everybody became alert. But after a few moments something happened which was quite sad and shocking. An old beggar jumped before the engine the moment the train had entered the platform. He could not be saved. His mutilated body was extracted by the railway police. Everybody felt sorry at his death. I reached home quite sad and dejected.

In fact, a visit to a railway station evokes various moods. It is a place where life presents itself in all its facets.

(e) Academics and Extra-curricular Activities
Academics and extra-curricular activities must be given equal importance in school. The harmonious development of a student’s personality can be best attained if both academics and extra-curricular activities go side by side. As it has been rightly remarked that “all work and no play makes Jack a dull boy”, equal emphasis must be laid on learning in the class-room as well as learning in other spheres of activities like games, debates and other cultural activities. No activity can be done at the cost of the other as both academics and extra-curricular activities play equally important role in shaping the personality of a student.

An ideal school, in my opinion, should consist of a building with well-lighted and spacious rooms, free from the noise of the city. It should have an extensive playground, well-equipped library, laboratories and learned teachers. Congenial atmosphere for purposeful studies must be provided to the students so that they delve deep into the ocean of knowledge with their teachers giving them more and more inspiration to drink knowledge to the lees. The teachers should teach them with their example and act as torch bearers to them to lead them to light.

Instead of imparting bookish knowledge or simply encouraging rote learning, the students must be stirred to think independently and freely. Only prescribed books cannot provide adequate knowledge and learning. All allied topics and books must be discussed in the classroom to awaken and sharpen the sensibilities. As too many lectures tend to become monotonous and boring, it would be ideal to invite queries from the students and resolve all the problems of the students to their entire satisfaction.

Next to academics, a school should have extensive playgrounds as well as a well-furnished gymnasium and an auditorium. If the mind is formed in the classrooms, the ‘body beautiful’ is built in the playgrounds. But not only the body, character too is built up there. One learns discipline and comradeship; one acquires habits of cooperation and the need for subordinating the interest of self to those of a community. In addition to this, picnics, excursions, trekking, cultural functions, fetes can go a long way in shaping the personality of students and learning the ways of the world and people at large.

(f) The Dead Blue envelop
I knew at once that the blue envelope was from her. My hands trembled as I reached for it. It was a letter from my wife kamini. I placed it on the table, and suddenly was lost in waves of memories that lashed my shore ten years ago.
I was employed as a clerk in the ministry of defence. I belonged to poor family. Unable to meet high ambitions of my life, I gave up the job and appeared in the entrance examination for Indian revenue service. Luckily, I cleared the test and got a good job.

Time moved smoothly till I got married. My wife belonged to a very affluent family and had high dreams. She was not satisfied with my limited salary. She wanted to enjoy all comforts and luxuries, go to clubs and parties. She asked me to start some business.

I resisted the idea for some time, but then I, too, got tempted. With the help of my brother-in¬law, I started an export house. I quit the job after some time.

The going was good and I made a lot of money. My wife was quite happy. Of course, she had no time for me or our two children. Time passed. As ill luck would have it, the Eonomic slowdown began. The business almost came to a halt. I began to make huge losses. I had become irritable and peevish. I resorted to heavy drinking, and in frustration would thrash my wife quite often.

One night when I reached home I found the house empty. Where was kamini, and my sons? I got a written slip. My wife had gone to her parent’s home for ever. I got furious and decided not to accept her back.

I sold everything and went to Dubai to take up an office job. I forgot the old wounds.

Ten years passed. Today the blue envelope had thrown me into the whirlpool of memories.

I tore up the envelope and read the letter. Kamini wanted me to come back to her in India.

I took up a bottle, drank a little and slipped into senselessness.
Or
“Do you want to know my story ? Okay. Here I go…”

It is difficult to realize the value of something until it is lost. Freedom in one such thing. A free man does not know how blessed he is to enjoy doing whatever he likes, whenever he likes and wherever he likes.

Until about a month ago I was a free man. Born in a small village I could enjoy the bounties of Nature freely. I could get up and sleep at will, roam about the lanes with friends, and reach out to stars.

I still remember the scene how in a fit of rage I strangulated my younger brother after a small tiff over a piece of land. The police came and put me behind bars. I was convicted and awarded life imprisonment.

In this 6×3 prison cell I spend, and would spend, a long period of my life, alone neglected and despised. This is my fate. There is a small rough cemented bed. I have been given a dirty bedsheet and a rag called blanket. There is an only iron door with a few rusty bars, which locks me in, and opens only to let me out on food and work hours. There is an old, wooden ventilator above the door which remains tightly shut.

My only companion is a pair of lizards which move about the walls and ceiling in search of a prey. My eyes remain riveted by whatever they do. At times I get frightened. The two round eyes of a lizard stare at me as if ready to devour me.
Often I get started by the silence of my room. I fail to sleep, “How are you brother, Sheru?” I get frightened. My dead brother is advancing menacingly towards me. He puts his hands on my throat. I feel choked. A cry slips out of my throat. I see nothing in the enveloping darkness. I hear a sound of knocking. A sentry is at my door, calling me to get ready for work. I am still alive. My brother is not there. But I know he will continue to come until I go to him one day. Nothing else will happen, I know.

“… You may print this if you like.”

Question 2.
Write a review of a film for a popular magazine. The film has aroused great public interest. The review should be approximately 200 words. Use the notes given below as a guideline. You may include any other relevant details : [20]

Name of the film – plot or narrative – the actors – cinematography – a description of the scenes and incidents that you thought particularly effective – unusual features – final assessment.
Answers:
Chance Pe Dance (CPD) is the story of a young ambitious aspirant who kicks out a career as a sari seller at his father’s Saket Vihar Shop in Delhi to pursue the lure of the big screen. The plot of the story hangs loosely; there is a shocking lack of conflict in the film with each knot unraveling a bit too easily. Sameer who is determined to follow his dream track fails to cut ice in dance performances because of uninspired choreography. Much better dancing had been seen and appreciated in Shahid Kapoor’s movies, for instance Jab We Met, Chance Pe Dance tries its best to be funny, touching and engaging, but fails on all counts.

The role played by Shahid does not suit his character as his Sameer is prone to violent bouts of self¬pity. Although Shahid’s histrionics are noteworthy, the scenes are frustrating. Genelia D’Souza plays Shahid’s cute girlfriend to the best of her abilities. Director Ken Ghost has not paid much attention to heroine’s character. The music is just average, though cinematography and camerawork are praiseworthy. The film on the whole fails to deliver any message.

Question 3.
Answer sections (a), (b) and (c).
(a) In each of the following items, sentence A is complete, while B is not. Complete sentence B, making it as similar in meaning as possible to sentence A. Write down sentence B in each case. [5]
Example: (0)
(A) This fact is too evident to require proof.
(B) This fact is so ……………………
Answer :
(0) This fact is so evident that it does not require proof.

(1)
(A): Although he had high fever, he attended the meeting.
(B): Despite ……………………

(2)
(A): They showed a video of ‘My Fair Lady’.
(B): Avideo ……………………

(3)
(A): This sum is so hard that I cannot solve it.
(B): This sum is too ……………………

(4)
(A): To think of our meeting here !
(B): It is ……………………

(5)
(A): Sheila runs faster than Mary.
(B): Mary ……………………

(b) Fill in each blank with a suitable word. (Do not write the sentence). [5]
(1) Printed …………………… the poster in large, broad letters was the word ‘Wanted’.
(2) The Vice-President warned …………………… the continuing dangers of recession.
(3) I hope this point will become clear to you …………………… the course of the lectures.
(4) The effect of a given dose of medicine will vary …………………… one individual to another.
(5) The rain poured in …………………… a hole in the roof.
(6) We must relfain …………………… stealing.
(7) I have always preferred teaching …………………… working in an office.
(8) He jumped …………………… the river to evade the enemy.
(9) The Principal brought his staff …………………… to his point of view.
(10) I was carried …………………… by his impressive speech.

(c) Fill in each blank with the appropriate form of the w ord given in brackets. (Do not write the sentence) : [10]
(1) A lie may sometimes (cost) a life.
(2) I (finish) my work for today.
(3) If he (receive) your letter, he would have replied.
(4) After we (walk) for sometime, I realised that we were lost.
(5) By tweleve o’ clock, she (study) for three hours.
(6) He (fall) to an assassin’s bullet.
(7) I did not know it was you until you (speak).
(8) He finished first though he (begin) late.
(9) His company is greatly (seek) after.
(10) The prisoners (bind) hand and foot.
Answers:
(a)
(1) high fever, he attended the meeting.
(2) of ‘My Fair Lady’ was shown.
(3) hard for me to solve.
(4) strange that we are meeting here.
(5) does not run as fast as Sheila.

(b) (1) on (2) against (3) in (4) from (5) through (6) from (7) to (8) into (9) round (10) away
(c) (1) cost (2) have finished (3) had received (4) had walked (5) will have been studying (6) fell (7) spoke (8) began (9) sought (10) were bound

Question 4.
Read the passage given below and answer the questions that follow :-
(1) I often went to the lagoon, which has a four-fathom bank where the tab aba (tiger shark) muster in hundreds for a day or two every month. Offshore at rising tide, you can watch their great striped bodies sliding and swooping with arrogant ease not six feet under your keel. They range in length from nine to fourteen feet, with an occasional giant of eighteen feet. Their hideous size contrasts nightmarishly with the slack grace of their movements.

(2) Thirty-five years ago the Gilbertese were beginning to use steel hooks for shark-fishing but many still claimed that the old-style twelve-inch wooden hook, trained to the right shape on the living ironwood tree was the only thing for tiger shark. The shark hunter’s gaff was a glorious club with a ten-pound stone for its head. He fished from a canoe not much longer than a man, with the line made last to it. When a big shark took the hook, the craft lurched suddenly and started careering round in mad circles; or it bounced insanely up and down; or it zigzagged like a misdirected rocket, the fisherman holding on grimly.

(3) Half a dozen cockleshells milling round like that, without visible means of propulsion, made a wildly eccentric sight from the shore. But the fury of a tiger shark’s struggles soon exhausted it and it floated limply to the surface. Then the fisherman hauled the spent brute cautiously alongside and, letting out one piercing howl of pleasure, cracked it on the nose with his club.

(4) Usually safety first is the rule when tiger shark are about, but the feat of one Tarawa man, Teriakai, became a matter of official record. His vital, stocky frame was the equal of a giant’s for work. Whenever there was a special job to be done, we always chose Teriakai to do it. Thus when the captain and chief engineer of a visiting steamer wanted to go out for a sail in threatening weather, we sent Teriakai along to look after them.

(5) A northerly storm caught Teriakai and his friends and capsized their boat, spilling them into the lagoon eight miles from land, with tiger shark all round.

(6) Teriakai immediately hacked the mainsail adrift; buoyed at head and foot by its spars, it made a fine bag under water. “Stay inside this,” he said to the captain and engineer “and the tababa won’t smell you”. Then he put down the anchor and started for shore to get help. “If I get past the tababa” he said, “We shall perhaps be meeting again.”

(7) He swam straight at the tiger sharks – the captain and engineer watched him – and the devils let him through. Teriakai told me afterw ards, “If you stay still in the sea, or swim away in fear, the tababa will charge you. If you swim without fear towards them, they will be afraid and leave you in peace.” So he chose his shark, swam lull speed towards it and lo! the line melted away before him. There was nothing to it – except a conarge that passes belief.

(8) The swift night of the equator fell. In the welter of waves, Teriakai missed his direction and swam into a maze of reefs off the coast. The breaking seas flung him on cruel edges, rolled him over splintering coral-branches, but he got through, still conscious, swam a mile to shore, walked two more to a white trader’s house and collapsed on the veranda.

Adapted from “A Pattern of Islands”
by Arthur Grimble

(a) (i) Use each of the following words as used in the passage in a sentence of your own construction so as to bring out its meaning very clearly. Using the word in a context very similar to the passage will be penalized.
(1) arrogant (line 3)
(2) glorious (line 9)
(3) visible (line 13) [3]

(ii) For each of the words given below, write a sentence of at least 10 words using the word unchanged in form, but with a different meaning from that it carries in the passage :
(1) club (line 9)
(2) fast (line 10)
(3) spent (line 15) [3]

(iii) Explain, in the context of the passage in not more than two sentences of your own, the meaning of each of the following expressions taken from the passage (merely using phrases will not do).
(1) made a wildly eccentric sight from the shore, (line 14) [4]
(2) There was nothing to it – except a courage that passes belief, (lines 33)

(b) Answer the following questions in your own words as briefly as possible :
(i) What does the writer say about the size and movement of the sharks? [3]
(ii) Why was Teriakai chosen for special jobs? [2]
(in) How did he ensure the safety of the captain and chief engineer? [2]
(iv) What was Teriakai’s belief about sharks? [3]
(c) With close reference to the extract and in not more than 60 words, describe how the Gilbertese captured a tiger shark.
(Failure to keep within the word limit will be penalised). [10]
Answers:
(a) (i)
1. arrogant: Never speak in an arrogant tone to your boss if he is in the wrong.
2. glorious : Even glorious victories won in war are never everlasting.
3. visible: There are no visible ways how to tackle extremism in the country.

(ii)
1. club : The Lions Club distributed blankets to the poor on the new year eve.
2. fast: If you are leading a fast-life, you will come to trouble soon.
3. spent: ill-got is quite often ill spent.

(iii)
1. The cockleshells appeared very strange and excited. They presented a very strange sight to any viewer on the shore.
2. All hardships disappeared or waned. The courage he displayed was really unbelievable.

(b)
(i) Sharks vary in size ranging from nine to fourteen feet in length. They slide and swoop easily in water. They move gracefully though slowly.
(ii) Teriakai was always chosen for hard and special jobs because his strong, stout body and strength matched well with the giant like strength of the shark.
(iii) Teriakai ensured the safety of the captain and chief engineer by making him stay inside a fine bag made out of the mainsail. He himself set out to the shore to seek help.
(iv) Teriakai believed that sharks are themselves scared of a man swimming fearlessly towards them. They attack a man if he stays still in the sea or tries to swim away in fear.

(c) The Gilbertese sailed in a small caneo with a line fastened to it. When a tiger shark took the hook, the boat tilted suddenly. It began to whirl around, sinking or rising madly at times. He

ISC Class 12 English Language Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Biology Previous Year Question Paper 2014 Solved for Class 12

** Answer is not given due to change in the present syllabus.

Part-I
(Attempt all questions)

Question 1.
(a) Mention one significant difference between each of the following :
(i) Parenchyma and sclerenchyma.
(ii) Epistasis and dominance.
(iii) Hormones of ovulatory phase and hormones of luteal phase.
(iv) Symplastic movement and apoplastic movement.
(v) Phenotype and Genotype.

(b) Give reasons for the following :
(i) Testes descend into the scrotum before birth.
(ii) Secondary growth does not occur in monocot stems.
(iii) Nitrogenous fertilizers are not applied in fields where leguminous crops grow.
(iv) Genetic code is ‘universal’.
(v) At higher temperatures, green plants start evolving CO2 instead of 02.

(c) Each of the following questions/statements has four suggested answers. Rewrite the correct answer in each case. [5]
(i) Typhoid is classified as a :
(A) Viral disease
(B) Genetic disorder
(C) Bacterial disease
(D) Protozoan disease

(ii) Bt cotton is resistant to :
(A) Insects
(B) Herbicides
(C) Salt
(D) Drought

(iii) Roots and shoots lengthen through the activity of:
(A) Apical meristem
(B) Vascular cambium
(C) Lateral meristem
(D) Cork cambium

(iv) An antiviral protein released from infected and dying cells is :
(A) Antigen
(B) Antibody
(C) Antiserum
(D) Interferon

(v) Opening and closing of stomata is due to
(A) Ca²⁺
(B) Na⁺
(C) K⁺
(D) CL

(d) State the best-known contribution of: [3]
(i) Alec Jeffery
(ii) P.K. Sethi
(iii) Hugo de Vries

(e) Expand the following:
(i) SCID
(ii) ZIFT
Answer:
(a)

Parenchyma	Sclerenchyma
(i) Fundamental soft plant tissue made-up of thin walled cells that forms the major part of leaves, roots, stem pith and fruit pulp.	Mechanical strengthening or supportive plant tissue made-up of thick walled long cells or fibres and short cells sclereids.
Epistasis	Dominance
(ii) In this two pairs of non-allelic genes are involved a gene pair inhibits the expression of another non-allelic gene.	Out of a pair of alleomorphic genes, the one which appears in Fj generation, is called dominant and the phenomenon is called dominance.
Hormones of Ovulatory phase	Hormones of Luteal phase
(iii) Estrogen and Luteinizing hormone bring about ovulation and causes a empty graafian follicle to develop into a corpus luteum which produces progesterone.	Progesterone hormore stimulates the uterine lining development before implantation of a fertilized egg.
Symplastic movement	Apoplastic movement
(iv) Water moves from cell to cell in the cytoplasm via the plasma membranes and plasmodesmata.	Water moves from cell to cell via spaces in the outer cellulose cell walls.
Phenotype	Genotype
(v) It is the externally observable charac­ters, controlled by genes	It is the genetic constitution of an organism with regard to a character.

(b) (i) Sperm formation requires a temperature which is few degree less than the normal body temperature. Scrotum has almost no fat insulation; so it keeps the testes at a cooler temperature. Also contraction or relaxation of muscles of scrotum moves the testes close to or far from heat of the body according to the environmental temperatures.

(ii) Secondary growth does not occur in monocot stem because it does not contain the meristematic tissue-cambium, which is responsible for secondary growth in plants. Vascular bundles are closed.

(iii) Nitrogenous fertilizers are not -needed in fields where leguminous crops grow because these plants have root nodules containing nitrogen fixing bacteria. They convert the nitrogen of soil air to nitrates which is used by these plants. The nitrates mix with the soil when these plants are ploughed under.

(iv) Genetic code is universal, triplet because it consist of three out of four nitrogenous bases-adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine. These four bases in different triplet com-binations from all the various types of proteins, formed by genetic coding.

(v) At higher temperatures and high oxygen concentration, CO₂ may be released by some plants instead of O₂ because the main enzyme of photosynthesis -RuBP-carboxylase or Rubisco functions as RuBP-oxygenase. It splits RuBP into PGA and phosphoglycolic acid. The later is changed to glycolic acid and then to glycine. In the mitochondria, glycine forms serine and CO₂, which is released. This process is called photorespiration. It undergoes photosynthesis.

(c) (i) Bacterial disease.
(ii) Insects.
(iii) Apical meristems.
(v) K⁺
(iv) Interferon.

(d) (i) DNA fingerprinting.
(iii) Gave the term mutation.
(ii) Developed “Jaipur foot.

(e) (i) Severe Combined Immune Deficiency.
(ii) Zygote Intrafallopian Transfer.

Part-II (50 Marks)
Section-A
(Answer any two questions)

Question 2.
(a) Describe the Miller and Urey experiment on the origin of life. [3]
(b) Define the following : [2]
(i) Frame shift mutations.
(ii) Genetic drift.
Answer:
(a) Oparin-Haldane’s concept of biochemical basis of origin of life was put to a test by Stanley Miller and Harold C. Urey (1953) in laboratory by creating the probable conditions of primitive earth. They designed their apparatus of glass tubes and flasks as shown in the figure and created an atmosphere containing hydrogen, ammonia, methane and water vapour in one chamber of the apparatus and allowed condensed liquids to accumulate in another chamber. Energy was supplied by heating the liquid containing chamber as well as by electric sparks from electrodes in the gaseous chamber. The experiment was run continuously for a week and then they analysed the chemical composition of the liquid inside the apparatus. They found that the liquid contained a large number of complex organic compounds including some amino acids such as glycine, adenine and asparatic acid.

However, from the result of this experiment, they suggested that the electrical discharge, produced during lightening in the primitive atmosphere of earth containing hydrogen, ammonia, nitrogen and water vapour might have resulted in the formation of amino acids and other essential organic building blocks (sugars, nucleotides, etc.) of living organisms and possibly these could thus have formed life on the primitive earth. Thus, the experiment of Miller and Urey provides support for the biochemical concept of origin of life of Oparin and Haldane.

(b) (i) A frameshift mutation is a genetic mutation caused by a deletion or insertion of a single base in a DNA sequence (code) that shifts the way the sequence is read.
(ii) Genetic drift refers to the change in a type and ffequencey of genes in a population due to a random occurrence.

Question 3.
(a) Name and define the three types of natural selection. [3]
(b) State the following: [2]
(i) Hardy-Weinberg’s principle
(ii) Theory of recapitulation.
Answer:
(a) Three types of natural selection are f
(1) Stabilizing or Balancing Selection : It leads to the elimination of organisms having overspecialized characters and maintains homogenous population which is genetically constant. It favours the average or normal phenotypes while eliminates the individual with extreme expression, e.g., sickle cell anaemia in human beings.

(2) Direction or Progressive Selection : In this selection, the population changes towards one particular direction alongwith change in environment. As environment is undergoing, continuous change, the organism having acquired new characters survive, and others are eliminated e.g., Industrial melanism.

(3) Disruptive or Diversifying Selection : It is a type of natural selection which favours extreme expression of certain traits to increase variance in a population. It breaks a homogeneous population into many adapted forms and results in balanced polymorphism, e.g., Three types of snails in sea.

(b) (i) The Hardy-Weinberg principles states that allele and genotype frequencies in a population will remain constant from generation to generation in the absence of other evolutionary influences.
(ii) It states that ontogeny recapitulates phytogeny. It means that embryos, in their development repeat the evolutionary history of their ancestors in a short, abbreviated form.

Question 4.
(a) Mention the important features of the Neanderthal man. [3]
(b) What are homologous organs? How do they help in providing evidence for organic evolution? [2]
Answer:
(a) A typical Neanderthal man had

• Height less than 150 cm.
• Heavily built with strong and outwardly curved thigh bones.
• Cranial capacity of 1450 cm3.
• Brow ridges prominent.
• Skull thick-boned, depressed and protuded behind.
• Forehead was low and sloping.
• Devised and used flint tools.
• Lived in caves and used animal skin to cover themselves.
• Buried their dead with ceremonies.

(b) Organs having different functions but have similar embryogenic origin and development and having similar relationship with adjacent organs are called homologous organs.

They indicate close relationship between their possessors, e.g., the forelimbs Of human, wing of bird, leg of horse and flipper of a seal are all apparently different from one another in structure and function, yet they are all built on the same pentadactyl plan, having the same number of bones, muscles, blood vessels and nerves arranged in the same pattern and developed similarly. Therefore, the most reasonable explanation is that the forelimb of all of these animals were inherited long ago from a common ancestor.

Section-B
(Answer any two questions)

Question 5.
(a) Describe the different types of vascular bundles. [4]
(b) Give three anatomical differences between a monocot root and a dicot root. [3]
(c) Explain the effect of light and temperature on photosynthesis. [3]
Answers:
(a) There are mainly three types of vascular bundles :
(i) Radial: These are the vascular bundles in which the xylem and the phloem lie radially side-by-side (e.g., in roots of seed plants). This is found in roots.

(ii) Conjoint : Those in which the two types of vascular tissues lie on same radius. Here xylem and phloem together form a bundle. They are of two sub-types :
(a) Collateral, and
(b) Bicollateral.

(a) Collateral: The xylem and phloem lie together on the same radius in the position that xylem lies inwards and the phloem outwards. In dicotyledonous stem, the cambium is found to be present in between xylem and phloem, such bundles are called open (e.g., in Helianthus), and in monocotyledonous stems, the cambium is absent, it is called closed {e.g., Maize).

(b) Bicollateral: In such vascular bundles, the phloem is found to be present on both sides of xylem. Simultaneously two cambium strips also occur. Various elements in a bundle are arranged in the following order – outer phloem, outer cambium, xylem, inner cambium and inner phloem. Such bundles are commonly found in the members of family Cucurbitaceae. Such bundles are always open.

(iii) Concentric : In this type, one type of vascular tissue surrounds the other. The concentric bundles may be of two subtypes, amphivasal and amphicribal. In amphivasal bundle, the xylem surrounds the phloem found in Dracaena, Yucca and other monocots and some dicots. If the phloem surrounds the xylem then it is called amphicribal as found in many ferns. Such concentric bundles are always closed.

(b)
Dicot Root:

1. Cortex is comparatively narrow.
2. Phloem parenchyma present.
3. Endodermis is less thickened and casparian strips are more prominent.
4. Number of vascular bundles is 2 to 3, 6 or rarely 8.
5. Xylem elements are polygonal.
6. Pith is mostly absent.

Monocot Root:

1. Cortex is wide.
2. Phloem parenchyma absent.
3. Endodermis invisible only in young root.
4. Vascular bundles are numerous.
5. Xylem elements are oval or round.
6. Pith is always present.

(c) (i) Light : The intensity of light affects the rate of photosynthesis and thus controls the rate of production of ATP and NADPH2 . An increase in light intensity will increase the rate pf photosynthesis (if no other factor is limiting). Beyond the light saturation inten-sity, the increased intensity of light does not increase the rate of photosynthesis. That intensity of light at which the CO2 used in photosynthesis is equal to that of liberated during respiration is called the light compensation point. The rate of photosynthesis does not depends upon the duration of light but the amount of carbohydrate produced, depends upon the duration of light. The quality of light also affects the process as it occurs only in the visible part of spectrum i.e., 380 nm – 760 nm wavelengths. It usually does not take place in ultraviolet and infrared rays as these rays are injurious to proto-plasm. The highest rate of photosynthesis is in red light followed by blue light while green light is least effective in photosynthesis as most of it is reflected back.

(ii) Temperature : Temperature along with other environmental conditions affects photo-synthesis in a number of ways. At low temperature, the rate of photosynthesis is low because the enzymes are affected adversly. At high temperature also, the enzymes get denatured and the rate of photosynthesis declines. The optimum range of temperature for photosynthesis is 20°C – 35°C. Upto 35°C, the process shows a progressive increase with rise in temperature and this increase follow vant Hoff’s Law, according to which the rate of chemical reaction doubles for every 10°C rise of temperature of other factors are not limiting.

Question 6.
(a) Explain the transpiration pull theory for ascent of sap. [4]
(b) Explain the process of spermatogenesis in humans. [3]
(c) Define the following : [3]
(i) Placentation
(ii) Parthenocarpy
(iii) Diffusion
Answer:
(a) Cohesion and Transpiration Pull Theory : This theory was first proposed by Dixon and Jolly (1894) and is based on the following features :
(i) Cohesion and Adhesion : Mutual attraction between water molecules is called cohesion. The walls of tracheids and vessels of xylem are made-up of lignin and cellulose and have stomg affinity for water (adhesion).

(ii) Tension : Transpiration pull develops a negative pressure or tension in xylem sap which is transmitted down to the root.

The moist walls of mesophyll cells in leaf lose water vapour to the intercellular spaces. Sufficient quantity of water is transpired through intercellular spaces of the mesophyll cells through stomata. This is because, dry air outside the leaf has lower water potential than moist air of leaf, as a result water diffuses out of stomata and diffusion pressure deficit (DPD) increases. As a result, more water is sucked from adjoining inner mesophyll . cells and ultimately from xylem tissue. This tension is transmitted down to the roots.

The water column does not break because of cohesive and adhesive forces.

(b) The process of spermatogenesis occurs in the male gonads-testes. Testes are made-up of many seminiferous tubules lined by germinal epithelium. Cells of germinal layer divide to form spermatozoa in the following four steps :

(1) Spermatocytogenesis : The germinal epithelial cells which enter the process of spermatogenesis are called primary germ cells. Each primary cell by repeated mitotic divisions gives rise to a number of (unspecialized) cells called spermatogonia. They also keep dividing and enter the next phase.
Growth Phase : The spermatogonia increase in size and grows. Each spermatogonium divides mitotically to form two primary spermatocytes which are diploid and joined by their cytoplasm. The primary spermatocytes undergo meiosis.

(2) Meiosis I : The primary spermatocytes undergo the 1st meiotic or maturation division, each form two haploid (x) secondary spermatocytes.

(3) Meiosis II : The secondary spermatocytes undergo Ilnd meiotic division and produces two spermatids. A spermatid is a round cell with a spherical nucleus.

(4) Spermiogenesis : It is the process of transformation of circular spermatid to a spermatozoan. In this process, the nucleus of the spermatid becomes the head of the sperm, the golgi apparatus, containing proteolytic enzymes, becomes the acrosome cap, mitochondria form middle part and centrosome form the tail.

(c) (i) Placentation : It is the arrangement of ovules inside the ovary.
(ii) Parthenocarpy : The formation of fruits without fertilization is called parthenocarpy e.g., Banana.
(iii) Diffusion : It is the movement of molecules or ions of solid, liquid or gas from their higher concentration to their lower concentration area.

Question 7.
(a) Why are xylem and phloem classified as complex tissues? Describe the structure of phloem. [4]
(b) Describe the ultra-structure of chloroplast. [3]
(c) State three functions of the placenta. [3]
Answer:
(a) Xylem and phloem are called as complex tissues because they are formed of more than one type of cells. Xylem is composed of tracheids, tracheae, xylem parenchyma and xylem fibres. Tracheids and tracheae (vessels) are called as conducting elements.

Phloem is made-up of four types of cells :

• Sieve elements
• Companion cells
• Phloem parenchyma
• Phloem fibres

(i) Sieve elements : In lower vascular plants, single celled structures called sieve cells are present while the Angiosperms have the multicellular sieve tube members. They are long tubular channels. They are formed of elongated living cells without nucleus and arranged end to end in vertical rows. The end walls of the individual sieve tubes are perforated by number of pores. The end walls of sieve cells are known as sieve plates. These plates connect the adjacent sieve cells to form a continuous long distance channel for the transport of food materials.

(ii) Companion cells : Sieve tube members of the Angiosperms are accompanied by highly specialised parenchyma cells called as companion cells. They are in contact with cytoplasm of the sieve tube members by plasmodesmata in their thin walls.

Companion cells have nucleus, richly granular cytoplasm and vacuoles. They control the activities of sieve tube members.

(iii) Phloem parenchyma : The phloem parenchyma cells are living, thin walled and the most simple ones. They contain starch, tannins and crystals. These cells perform the function of storage and lateral translocation of food substances.

(iv) Phloem fibres : The phloem fibres or sclerenchyma cells are the components of phloem. The fibres may be septate or non-septate and may be dead or non-living at maturity. They provide mechanical support to the plant body.

(b) Chloroplast is a oval structure surrounded by two unit membrane separated from one another by a space called periplastidial space. Internally the chloroplast is disc like structures the grana embedded in a colourless matrix called stroma.

Each granum is made-up of a stack of closed compartment called thylakoids. Each thylakoid consists of two parallel membranes joined at their margins. The membranes of thylakoids contain layer of paricles called quantasomes (photosynthesis units). Each quantasome has 230 molecules of chlorophyll. In stroma, there are many membranes running parallel to each other throughout the length of chloroplast which are called lamellae.

Different grana are connected with each other through tubular connection called stroma lamellae. Each chloroplast contains nearly 40-60 grana embedded in the stroma.

Grana are the sites for the light reaction and stroma is the site for dark reaction of photosynthesis.

(c) In mammals, placenta performs the following functions :

1. It helps in the nutrition of embryo as the nutrients like amino acids, monosugars, vitamins, etc., diffuse from maternal blood into foetal blood through placenta.
2. It helps in respiration of the embryo as 02 of the maternal blood and C02 of foetal blood diffuse through placenta.
3. It also helps in excretion of the embryo as nitrogenous wastes of foetal blood like urea diffuse into maternal blood through placenta.
4. It also acts as an endocrine gland as it secretes certain hormones like estrogen, relaxin, progesterone and Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (HCG).

Section-C
(Answer any two questions}

Question 8.
(a) Describe the experiment performed by Griffith. What conclusions did he infer from his observations? [4]
(b) What is artificial insemination? Mention two ways in which it is useful in breeding of dairy animals. [3]
(c) What is single cell protein? Give its source and significance. [3]
Answer:
(a) The bacterium Diplococcus pneumoniae causes pneumonia in humans. Frederick Griffith observed two strains of this bacteria. One strain has polysaccharide forming a large capsule around the cell called the smooth types (S). The colony of such cells has a smooth appearance. The other strain bacterial cells do not have the polysaccharide capsule and the colony formed by these cells has an irregular appearance and is called the rough type (R). The S-strain is virulent while the R-strain is non-virulent.

In his experiments, Griffith injected mice with live R-type of bacteria. They did not develop the disease. When he injected ‘S’-type of bacteria, the mice developed the disease and died. However, when heat killed S-type of bacteria were injected into the mice, they did not develop ‘ pneumonia. However, when he injected the mice with a mixture of living R-type (non-virulent)

with heat-killed S-type (virulent) bacteria, the mice developed the disease and died. Griffith observed that in the blood of dead mice, both R and S type of bacteria were present. He thus concluded that heat killed smooth type bacteria caused a transformation of the living rough type into live S-type bacteria. Later experiments by other scientists suggested that DNA and not proteins is the genetic material.

(b) Artificial insemination is performed to get improved and better variety of animals. In this method, semen from the desired type of animal (e.g., bull) is collected and preserved by chemical methods or freezing. This preserved semen is then injected into the genital tract of the chosen cow during its maximum fertility period. Normal reproductive process then occurs and the progeny thus obtained is a hybrid of desired characters.

Artificial insemination is useful in breeding animals because :

1. It is economical as semen from a desired animal e.g., bull can be transported to far away places while transporting the animal is not easy.
2. High quality semen is available all the time but a high-quality bull may not be available all the time and at all places.

(c) Single cell protein (SCP) refers to dried microbial cells or total protein extracted from pure microbial cell culture. SCP is not pure protein. It refers to the whole cells of bacteria, yeast, filamentous fungi or algae. It also contains carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, mineral salts and vitamins. The composition depends upon the organism and the substrate on which it grows, sources – Chlorella (algae), Rhodopseudomonas capsulate (bacteria), Trichoroderma (fungi). Significance SCP can be used as food supplement to humans food or animals as feed. It has application in animal nutrition as fattening calves, poultry and fish breeding. In food, it is used as aroma carriers, vitamin carriers, emulsifying aids and to improve nutrition value of baked products, soups, in ready to serve meals and in the technical field in paper processing, leather processing and as foam stabilisers.

Question 9.
(a) How did Hershey and Chase prove that DNA is the genetic material? [4]
(b) Give one main application of each of the following : [3]
(i) MRI
(ii) Ultrasound
(iii) ECG
(c) Explain the role of stem cells in medical treatment. [3]
Answer:
(a) Alfred Hershey and Martha Chase conducted experiments on virus T2 bacteriophage that attacks the common bacterium Escherichia coli. The bacteriophage has two chemical components i.e., protein and DNA. Protein forms the external structures like head, sheath and tail fibres and a DNA molecule is in the head. The phage attacks E. coli by attaching with its tail fibres to the bacterial wall and injecting its genetic material into the bacterial cell to produce new phages.

Hershey and Chase labelled the DNA and protein components of the phage separately with specific radioactive tracers and then followed these components through the life cycle of the phage. They developed two strains of the virus, one with labelled protein and other with labelled DNA. Almost all proteins contain sulphur which is not found in DNA while all DNA molecules contain phosphorus which is not found in proteins. The T2 phages grown in the presence of radioactive sulphur (35S) has labelled proteins and T2 phages grown in presence of radioactive phosphorus (32P) had labelled DNA.

After developing these strains, Hershey and Chase allowed each strain to infect the bacteria. Soon after infection, the bacterial cells were gently agitated in a blender to separate the adhering phage particles. It was observed that only radioactive 32P was found in the bacterial cells and 32S was present only in viral coats in the surrounding medium and not inside the bacterial cells. When they studied the viral progeny for radioactivity, it was found that it had only 32P and no 35S .

The results clearly show that only DNA is the genetic material and not protein coat.

(b) (i) MRI-Mapping of brain tissues and study tissue metabolism.
(ii) Ultrasound – Used in diagnosis of various diseases of the heart, gall bladder, liver, pancreas, uterus and ovary.
(iii) ECG – Diagnosis of various heart diseases like coronary thrombosis, myocardial ischaemia, etc.

(c) Stem cells are found in all multicellular organisms and are capable of dividing to form new cells which can the differentiated into various types of specialized cells.

Role of Stem cells in Medical treatment:

1. The stem cells have been used for treatment of various cancers like leukemia and lymphoma.
2. It may also be used for treatment of severe autoimmune diseases like multiple sclerosis.
3. Study of human embryonic stem cells will yield information about the complex events that occur during human development.
4. Embryonic stem cells may be directed to differentiate into specific cell types, offer the possibility of renewable source of replacement cells and tissues to treat diseases like Alzheimer’s disease, spinal cord injury, stroke, bums, diabetes, arthritis and heart diseases.

Question 10.
(a) Write short notes on : [4]
(i) Multiple Alleles
(ii) Artificial measures to control population.
(b) What complications will arise if the blood of an Rh positive person is transfused to an Rh negative person and vice versa? [3]
(c) State any three goals of the human genome project. [3]
Answer:
(a) (i) Multiple Alleles : Most genes occur in two alternative forms, both controlling the same character and occupy the same locus in homologous chromosomes. These different form of the same gene are called alleles. However, some genes may occur in more than two allelic forms and they are called multiple alleles. A set of such multiple alleles may contain 3 to 20 or even more members which occupy the same locus in homologous chromosomes. In such a set of multiple alleles one member is always dominant and one recessive to all others. An individual carry only two such alleles e.g., ABO blood groups.

(ii) Artificial method to control population : The unreliable the natural methods of con-traception and are replaced by artificial methods :

(a) Contraceptive pills : Birth control pills which contain hormones, prevent a woman from getting pregnant if used regularly. Contraceptive pills also help women to have regular menstrual cycles and reduce the chances of anemia.

(b) Barrier contraception : Most popular barriers are the condom and the diaphragm that keep the sperm coming in contact with eggs in female reproductive system.

(c) Intra uterine device (IUD) : It is small device placed in the uterus to prevent pregnancy. Once the medicated IUD is in place, it can provide birth control for 5 to 10 years.

(d) Injection for birth control: Vaccination is another method of birth control. This vaccine is effective for three months and has to be applied four times a year.

(b) The Rh-factor or Rh-antigen was first reported in Rhesus monkeys RBCs by Landsteiner. Later it was found in most of human population. 85-99% of population, depending upon the race, have the Rh-factor, hence are Rh + ve. There is no antibody against Rh-antigen in human body. The Rh-antigen is produced due to a dominant gene, hence Rh + ve individuals are presented as RR or Rr with Rh-ve as rr.

Rh-ve blood can be given safely to a Rh + ve individual. But when Rh + ve blood is transfused into Rh -ve person, then during first transfusion, there is no complexity arising because of absence of Rh-antibody in the recipients blood; but this transfusion induces the synthesis of antibodies in recipients blood. In case of second transfusion of Rh (+ ve) blood to Rh (- ve) person, the RBCs of donors blood starts clumping due to presence of previously formed antibodies in recipients blood, thus causing death of the recipient. Hence Rh-factor should be determined before any blood transfusion.

(c) Human Genome Project (HGP) is an international research program to analyse the complete genetic material of human being and also selected experimental animals. HGP’s goal is to decode the complete DNA material or genome of human beings by 2003 and make them accessible for further biological study.

Objectives of Human Genome Project (HGP) are :

• To improve forensic science.
• The diagnosis of diseases is accurate.
• To develop new and improved medicines.
• To predict and prevent diseases.

ISC Class 12 Biology Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Physical Education Previous Year Question Paper 2018 Solved for Class 12

Section-A (40 Marks)
Answer any five questions.

Question 1.
Explain the role of physical education in the development of personality of an individual. [8]
Answer:
Personality represents those characteristics of the person that account for consistent patterns of behaviour. Broadly, four factors influence how an individual respond in any given situation the genetic make-up, past experience, the nature of the situation in which he/she find themselves and the free will. Personality development means the process in which an individual’s attitude, discipline, helpfulness, team spirit, patience, unity, friendship etc., grows.

(a) Attitude :

1. Physical Education helps an individual to develop the attitude of competition against themselves for their betterment.
2. Physical Education helps the individual to develop an attitude of learning from their failure and success rather than getting too much elated about their success and depressed of their failure.
3. Physical Education helps in developing an attitude of equanimity at the time of success and failure and also develops an attitude to pursue excellence.
4. Physical Education develops an attitude to respect sports, other participants, coaches, official and themselves.

(b) Discipline :

1. Physical Education helps in developing learned effective skills for dealing with conflict, difficult opponents, and other people when they are negative or oppositional during sports competition and thereby an individual gets disciplined.
2. Individual realizes through sports and games the value of being systematic, consistent and punctual as these qualities help the individual to develop his sporting ability. Accepting these qualities help the individual to become disciplined.

(c) Helpfulness :

1. While playing sports and games an individual learns the importance of helping others. For developing bonding one has to assist, motivate and cooperate.
2. The senior players get respect from junior players when they help the junior players to develop their skill by sharing their experience.
3. The quality of helpfulness is required during training session and sharing of equipment.
4. It is required during competition when an individual’s performance is getting affected.
5. Through sports and games an individual understands one’s success is not only the result of one’s effort but also due to the help received from coach, team members, family etc.

(d) Team Spirit:

1. Nature of sports is such that there is one common goal to be achieved by each member of a team and that goal can be called as team goal and that is winning. This common goal develops the quality of team spirit.
2. To win as a team a sense of respect for each member of team is required. Apart from sense of respect for team member there is a requirement of giving priority to team’s achievement than individuals. This thought and act of one while playing sports and game develops the quality of team spirit.

(e) Patience :

1. Individual while playing sports and games understands the importance of patience. One needs to regularly do hard work and has to be patient for the development of performance.
2. One needs to adjust with the team members. In order to adjust with others one needs to have patience. Applying strategies requires patience. For developing the quality of consistency one needs to be patient.

(f) Unity :

1. Common goal develops unity. The team which lacks unity has more chances to get defeated than the team which has unity.
2. Each player in the team may have different responsibility and each member getting assistance and motivation to fulfill their responsibility from other team members develops a sense of unity among team members.

(g) Friendship :

1. Quality of helpfulness, sacrifice, assistance, motivation, support and respect among the players develops the quality of friendship.
2. Matches between countries help in developing the quality of friendship among players of different country.

Question 2,
Explain briefly what is meant by interval training? Write the method of conducting interval training. [8]
Answer:
Interval Training Method : This training is useful for the development of endurance. There are repeated sessions or interval of relatively intense exercise. Each interval is followed by a period of incomplete recovery. If one is running 400m intervals on a track and it takes approximately 90 seconds to complete each run then the recovery period between the intervals should be at least 90 seconds. This training develops cardiorespiratory endurance. In high-intensity interval training there is a risk of athlete getting injury. During the interval period the heart rate may reach to 180 beats/minutes followed by a recovery period. When the heart rate in recovery period comes down to 120 beats/minute then the next interval period should start.

Variables which decides the effect of interval method are :

• Speed of work
• Duration of work
• Duration of recovery
• Number of repetition
• Nature of recovery

Interval method is of two type :

1. Intensive Interval Method: When the intensity of the activity is 80-90% of the maximum speed at which an individual can run then it is called intensive interval method.
2. Extensive Interval Method: When the intensity of the activity is 70-80% of the maximum speed at which an individual can run then it is called extensive interval method. On the basis of duration interval training may

be classified into three types : Short interval method, medium interval method and long interval method.

Short	Medium	Long
15 seconds – 2 minutes	2 minutes – 8 minutes	8 minutes – 15 minutes

Method of Conducting Interval Method :

1. Before starting interval method one should have undergone a period of continuous running.
2. Maximum heart rate of the individual doing interval training should be noted. Generally maximum heart rate is found by the formulae 220 minus age. Maximum heart rate will help to find the target heart rate that the individual has to run during the interval.
3. Number of repetition of intervals should be decided after taking into account the athletes age and level of practice.
4. Improvement in performance can be done by changing the variable. It would be better to change one variable at a time.
5. See that the surface of running is flat.
6. Warm-up and cooling down should be done properly before starting interval training.
7. If the heart rate does not come back to 120 beats/minutes within a period of time it is expected i.e., around 90 seconds then it should be understood that workload is difficult for the individual and the workload should be adjusted.
8. Have a heart rate monitor as it will help in increasing and decreasing intensity according to heart rate, depending on which interval one is.
9. Do not over exert while training.

Question 3.
Write a note on the Sports Authority of India (SAI) giving its objectives. [8]
Answer:
The Sports Authority of India (SAI), was set up on 25th January, 1984 as a Society registered under Societies Act, 1860 with the objective of promotion of Sports and Games. It comes under Department of Sports, Govt, of India. SAI head office is in Jawaharlal Nehru Sports Complex, New Delhi.

SAI is responsible for the management of the following:

1. One high altitude training centre called Netaji Subhash High Altitude Training Centre (Shilaroo, Himachal Pradesh).
2. Two SAI Sports Academic Institutions (NSNIS Patiala and LNCPE Thiruvananthapuram).
3. Five stadiums at New Delhi ( Jawaharlal Nehru Sports Complex, Indira Gandhi Sports Complex, Major Dhyan Chand National Stadium, Dr. Shyama Prasad Mukherjee Swimming Pool Complex, Dr. Kami Singh Shooting Ranges).
4. Ten SAI Regional Centres (SRC) are located at (Chandigarh, Sonipat, Lucknow, Guwahati, Imphal, Kolkata, Bhopal, Bengaluru, Mumbai and Gandhi-nagar).
5. Fourteen “Centre of Excellences” at different parts of India.
6. Twenty “Special Area Games” (SAG) at different parts of India.
7. Fifty-six “Sports Training Centres” (STC) at different parts of India.

Objectives of SAI:

• Talent Scouting at micro level and nurturing talent towards excellence.
• Training and International Exposure.
• Support Training with Scientific and Sports equipment and scientific personnel.
• Monitor and enhance performance with a scientific evaluation system.
• Training and preparation of national teams.
• Sports Infrastructure development and maintenance.
• Maintenance and up gradation of 4 stadia complexes and a shooting range in Delhi.
• To produce coaches and physical educationists of high caliber in different disciplines of sports to broad base sports.

Question 4.
What is meant by a tournament? Explain the various types of tournaments. Draw a fixture of 11 teams on the knock-out basis. [8]
Answer:
Tournament :
It is series of competition between different teams. It helps to decide the positions like first, second, third etc. For a tournament to take place there should be minimum two teams.

Various Types of Tournaments :
Tourna-ments are of different types like Knock-out, League, and League cum knock-out, challenge etc.

Knock-out Tournament :
In a knock-out tournament if a team loses a single match it will be out of the tournament. Only the winners move to the next round of matches. Formulae to find the number of matches in a knock-out tournament = n – 1 where n = number teams participating in the tournament. The number of matches in a knock-out tournament of 17 teams =17-1 = 16 matches.

League Tournament: In a league tournament every team participating in the tournament has to compete with every other team. Winners are decided on the basis of the points acquired after all the competition. For each win a team may be awarded 2 point, draw 1 point and for a loss no point is awarded. Formulae to find the number of matches in a league tournament = n (n – l)/2. Where n = number teams participating in the tournament. The number of matches in a league tournament of 9 teams = 9 (9 – 1) /2 = 36 matches.

League cum Knock-out Tournament :
In a league cum knock-out tournament competition is conducted in two phase. In the first phase competition is conducted in the form of a league and through this competition a pre-decided number of teams are selected on the basis of points secured from the top. In the second phase pre-decided number of teams selected from the league matches will participate in a knock-out tournament and from this first and second teams are decided.

Fixture of 11 teams on the knock-out basis:

Number of Byes in Lower Half
\(=\frac{n b+1}{2}=\frac{5+1}{2}=3\)
Number of Byes in Upper Half
\(=\frac{n b-1}{2}=\frac{5-1}{2}=2\)

Number of Bye = 16 – 11 = 5 Bye

Question 5.
Explain the term Disability. State the various services available for the rehabilitation of the disabled, in India. t8]
Answer:
Disability : Disability means an inability to do work. It is a state of an individual when he/she is not able to work efficiently. It may be present from birth, or occur during a person’s lifetime. It may be physical, cognitive, mental, sensory, emotional, developmental, or combination of these. Disabilities cover impairments, activity limitations, and participation restrictions. Impairment is a problem in body function or structure; an activity limitation is a difficulty encountered by an individual in executing a task or action; while a participation restriction is a problem experienced by an individual in involvement with the life situations. Thus, disability is a complex phenomenon, reflecting an interaction between features of a person’s body and the environment of the society where he or she lives.

Various services available for the rehabilitation of the disabled India :

1. Rehabilitation Council of India, New Delhi : Regulation of training policies and programs in Person with disability (PWD) rehabilitation.
2. National Institute of Rehabilitation Training and Research, Cuttack, Odisha: coordinates training for rehabilitation personnel, service delivery programs for rehabilitation, vocational training, placement and rehabilitation of persons with mobility disability.
3. Society for Rehabilitation and Research of the Handicapped, New Delhi : A organization of Person with disability (PWD) rehabilitation, Co-education school for age group 16-30 with hearing impairment.
4. Association for Advancement and Rehabilitation of Handicapped, New Delhi: A organization of Person with disability (PWD) rehabilitation, Social awareness and occupational center for persons with intellectual disability.
5. Amar Joyti Research and Rehabilitation Center, New Delhi formed in 1981: A organization for Person with disability.
6. Indian Red Cross Society established in 1920. It has around 400 branches all over India.
7. All India Blind Relief Society formed in 1946 coordinates with various institutions of blind. It works for the welfare of blind.
8. Artificial limb Manufacturing Corporation in Kanpur provides artificial limbs to disabled.
9. Kamayani School for Mentally Handicapped, Pune, formed in 1964 provides work and training for handicapped persons.
10. National Institute for the Mentally Handicapped, Secunderabad, provides training and rehabilitation for persons with learning disability.

Question 6.
What is meant by soft-tissue injury? Explain the role of an individual in the prevention of sports-related accidents. [8]
Answer:
A soft tissue injury is the damage of muscles, ligaments and tendons throughout the body. Common soft tissue injuries usually occur from a sprain, strain, a one off blow resulting in a contusion or overuse of a particular part of the body. Soft tissue injuries can result in pain, swelling, bruising and loss of function.

Role of various individuals in prevention of sports-related accidents
To prevent sports-related accidents in a school, the players and physical education teacher has a major role.

Things to be performed by a Player to prevent sports-related accidents :

1. Warm up properly before entering the playground.
2. Use safety equipment prescribed’for a game.
3. Play the game with concentration and not carelessly.
4. Coordinate and cooperate with your team members so that you have a good rapport with your team members.’ Unsportsman like behaviour should not be shown against the opponents.
5. Have right frame of mind to play the game. If you are sad and you wish not to play then do not enter the court.
6. If there is an injury, give proper rest and later rehabilitation exercise till the injury has healed completely and then start playing.
7. Learn the correct skill and execute it in right manner.
8. Do not try to exert more than your limitation.

Things to be performed by Physical Education teacher or coach to prevent sports related accidents:

• Have medical checkup for students before including them for training.
• Test their performance and decide their schedule.
• Start with simple skills and then move to advanced skills.
• Ensure that ground is neatly marked and levelled, surroundings are neat and clean before starting training.
• Divide the class into small groups and engage them in variety of sports to prevent overcrowding in a particular ground.
• Ensure that first aid kit is carried to the ground to attend to an injury as quickly as possible.
• Ensure that students are playing in proper playing kit and using the desired safety equipment.

Question 7.
Write short notes on the following : [8]
(a) Splint
(b) Personal hygiene
Answer:
(a) Splint : A splint is a device used for support or immobilization of a limb or the spine. It can be used in multiple situations, including temporary immobilization of potentially broken bones or damaged joints and support for joints during activity. Splinting immobilizes injured extremities and prevents further injury, decreases pain and bleeding and allows healing to begin. Splint is most commonly used during fractures, dislocations and sprains.

Advantages:

• Stabilization of an extremity fracture with a splint will preserve proper bone alignment and alleviate discomfort.
• After reduction of a dislocated joint, anatomical positioning is maintained by application of a splint.
• Splints may be used to give desired . position at rest and functional positioning to the involved active joint.

Temporary splints can be used to alleviate pain and to prevent additional injury during transport to an emergency department or while awaiting evaluation by a specialist.

Contraindication:

1. For injuries that are prone to severe swelling, even a splint can become restrictive as the swelling increases. Extra padding may be placed under the splint if extensive swelling is anticipated, allowing room for expansion.
2. When neurovascular compromise is present as a result of a fracture or dislocation, splints should not be placed without first attempting immediate reduction.
3. Use appropriate universal precautions for potential exposure to body fluids when open wounds are present.
4. Whenever possible, use sheets or pads to protect the patient’s clothing during splint application.

(b) Personal Hygiene : It is the basic concept of cleaning, grooming and it is the first step to good health. It helps to protect ourselves and maintain good health. Personal hygiene is learnt from the family and society one lives in.

Advantages of having Personal Hygiene :
Personal hygiene includes different habits like washing hands and brushing teeth which keep bacteria, viruses and fungus far away from our bodies. These habits helps to protect mental health and to have a feeling good about one self.

Disadvantages of not looking after Personal Hygiene:
People who do not take care of their personal hygiene like wearing dirty clothes or having bad breath, may find it difficult to get accepted by society and may get prone to many diseases (physical and mental).

Some of the Personal Hygiene practices are:

1. Washing and combing hair.
2. Washing carefully around the eyes and avoiding rubbing of eyes, particularly with dirty hands or clothes.
3. Washing skin frequently to remove sweat, dirt and dead skin cells. Use soap to remove dirty matter from skin.
4. Washing hands well, particularly before preparing food, before eating, after excreting, after handling dirty clothes, before and after cleaning and treating sores and wounds, after handling animals and after handling chemicals at work or in the home.
5. Keeping nails clean and trim.
6. Wash the feet and removing the dirt and sweat from between the toes.

Section-B (30 Marks)

• Select any two games from this Section.
• Answer any three of the five subparts (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) from each of the two games selected by you.
• Each subpart is for 5 marks.

FOOTBALL

Question 8. [3 x 5]
(a) What is meant by kick-off, in the game of football? State four situations of a kick of in the game. [5]
(b) Explain the following terms : [5]
(i) Offside
(ii) Dropped-ball
(c) Write any five duties of a referee during the game. [5]
(d) In the game of football, what is meant by added time? State the difference between added time and extra time. [5]
(e) What is meant by throw-in? Explain the process of throw-in. [5]
Answer 8.
(a) Kick-off is the method of starting and, in some cases, restarting play in the game of football. Four situations of kick-off in a game of football are :

• At the start of the match.
• After a goal has been scored.
• At the start of the second half of the match.
• At the start of each period of extra time.

(b) (i) Offside : Offside is one of the laws of association football which states that a player is in an offside position if any of their body part except the hands and arms is in the opponents’ half of the pitch and closer to the opponents’ goal line than both the ball and the second-last opponent (not necessarily the goalkeeper). Being in an offside position is not an offence in itself; a player who was in an offside position at the moment the ball last touched, or was played by a team mate, must then become involved in active play in the opinion of the referee, in order for an offence to occur. When the offside offence occurs, the
referee stops play and awards an indirect free kick to the defending team from the place where the offending player became involved in active play.

(ii) Dropped-Ball: It is a method of restarting the play. It is designed to offer no advantage to either side, generally being awarded when play has been stopped due to reasons other than normal game-play or misconduct.

The referee drops the ball at the position where it was when play was stopped, unless play was stopped inside the goal area in which the ball is dropped on the goal area line which is parallel to the goal line at the point nearest to where the ball was when play was stopped. The ball is in play when it touches the ground. Any number of players may contest a dropped ball (including the goalkeepers); the referee cannot decide who may contest a dropped ball or its outcome.

(c) Five duties of referee :

1. Enforces the laws of the game.
2. Control the match in co-operation with the assistant referees.
3. Acts as time keeper and keep a record of the match.
4. Restart the match after it has been stopped.
5. Takes disciplinary action against player, guilty of cautionable and sending-off offenses.

(d) Additional Time : Time allowed at the end of each half for time Tost’ because of substitutions, injuries, disciplinary action, goal celebration etc.

Extra Time:

1. A method of trying to decide the outcome of a match involving two equal additional periods of play not exceeding 15 minutes each.
2. Extra time starts with a kick off.
3. During extra time, a short drinks break: is permitted at half time of extra time.
4. Extra time has two equal half with teams changing ends in between.
5. Extra time is given for deciding the winner by the referee after the end of normal duration of play and additional time.

Additional Time:

1. Time allowed at the end of each half for time ‘lost’ because of substitutions, injuries, disciplinary action, goal celebration etc.
2. Additional time does not start with a kick-off.
3. There is no drinks break.
4. Duration of additional time is not fixed and there is no division or change of court during additional time.
5. Fourth official will indicate the minimum duration of additional time the referee intends to play at the end of each half (including extra time).

(e) A throw-in is a method of restarting the play. A throw-in is awarded to the opponents of the player who last touched the ball when the whole of the ball passes over the touchline, either on the ground or in the air.

A goal cannot be scored directly from a throw-in :

• If the ball enters the opponents’ goal – a goal kick is awarded.
• If the ball enters the thrower’s goal – a comer kick is awarded.

The procedure of Throw-in:
At the moment of delivering the ball, the thrower must:

• Face the field of play.
• Have part of each foot on the touchline or on the ground outside the touchline.
• Throw the ball with both hands from behind and over the head from the point where it left the field of play.

CRICKET

Question 9. [3 x 5]
(a) Explain follow-on with reference to the game of cricket. [5]
(b) Mention any five occasions when the umpire calls or signals for a no-ball. [5]
(c) Explain the following : [5]
(i) Sledging
(ii) IPL
(d) Explain the techniques of wicket keeping. [5]
(e) Mention five front foot drives played in cricket. [5]
Answer:
(a) Follow-on is a term used in test matches. The side which bats first if leads by at least 200 runs then they shall have the option of asking the other side to follow their innings. The same option shall be available in matches of shorter duration with the minimum leads as follows : 150 runs in a match of 3 or 4 days; 100 runs in a 2-days match; 75 runs in a 1-day match.

When all the innings are completed, the team’ with the most mns wins. If there is a tie, then the result stands as TIE means no win no lose. If by the end of the final day’s play all the innings are not completed, the game is a draw, no matter who appeared to be “winning”. Thus the strategic importance of sometimes declaring an innings closed, in order to have enough time to dismiss the other team and so win the game.

(b) Occasions when the Umpire calls or signals for a no ball are :

1. The Umpire shall call a No ball if the bowler’s front foot lands beyond the popping crease at the time of delivery of ball. The bowler’s front foot must land with some part of the foot, whether grounded or raised, behind the popping crease.
2. If the bowler delivers the ball directly to the batsman over the waist height, without pitching it on the ground, the umpire shall call it a no-ball.
3. If the bowler bowls more than the allowable fast short pitch bouncer deliveries, the umpire shall call it a No ball.
4. If in the opnion of either umpire the ball has been thrown or delivered underarm, the umpire shall call it a No ball.
5. If there are more than two fielders, another than-the wicket-keeper, behind the popping crease on the on side at the time of delivery of ball, the umpire shall call it a no-ball.

(c) (i) Sledging : It is a term used to describe the practice by which some players seek to gain an advantage by insulting or verbally intimid¬ating the opposing player. The purpose is to try to weaken the opponent’s concentration and thereby making the opponent to make mistakes or underperform. It can be effective because the batsman stands within hearing range of the bowler and certain close fielders and vice versa. The insults may be direct or feature in conversations among fielders designed to be overheard.

(ii) IPL : Indian Premier League is a professional Twenty-20 cricket league in India contested generally during April and May of every year by teams representing Indian cities. The league was founded by the Board of Control for Cricket in India in 2007, and is regarded as the brainchild of Lalit Modi, the founder and former commissioner of the league. The IPL is the most-attended cricket league in the world and in 2014 ranked sixth by average attendance among all sports leagues. In 2010, the IPL became the first sporting event in the world to be broadcast live on YouTube.

(d) Footwork : Footwork is the most significant thing for a wicketkeeper. If our feet are right, all things moves with it. Many say that poor wicket keepers have to dive a lot. This must mean that a keeper having good footwork probably don’t have to dive very often. Taking the ball efficiently means right footwork so that the head is behind the ball on impact. Footwork of keeper consists of frequent, small, precise adjustments just like a dancer’s or a tennis player’s which are made in response to the trajectory and movement of the cricket ball so that the head remains in the optimum position.

Catching the Ball : For a wicket keeping, catching the ball is the key point. Judge the position where the elevation of the ball begins to decrease, that would be the ideal place for a keeper to stand. After positioning according to the speed of the bowler, one should be ready to catch the ball. When the ball reaches, catch the ball with relaxed but firm hands. Keep a steady head with eyes on the ball all the way into the gloves.

Diving : Diving often compensates for bad footwork so diving a lot should remind us to move our feet. However, diving becomes essential for the keeper when the ball is extremely out of his standing range. A thick edge on the ball would make ball go away from the keeper so he has to dive to take the ball. When keeper is standing up from the crouch position, weight equally distributed, it permit him to execute a dive easily.

(e)

1. Off Drive : Played to a ball pitched just around the off stump. The bat should come down in a straight line in the direction of mid¬. off, to make sure that the ball is propelled toward that direction.
2. Cover Drive : Played to a ball pitched slightly wider outside the off stump. The bat should come down in the direction of extra cover, so as to hit the ball in that area.
3. Front Foot Cut : Played to a ball pitched wider outside the off stump, in the direction square of the wickets.
4. On Drive : One of the most difficult drives to play, which is being eradicated from the modern game gradually, as not many exponents of it are left. Played between mid- on and mid-wicket.
5. Straight Drive : The most eye-catching of all drives, played straight down the ground.

The batsman may choose which drive to play on a particular good length ball, but emphasis definitely lies on getting to the pitch of the ball.

HOCKEY

Question 10. [3 x 5]
(a) Draw a neat diagram of a hockey field. with all its dimensions. [5]
(b) When is a penalty corner awarded? Write the procedure followed for aking a penalty corner. [5]
(c) Write the procedure followed for the start and the restart of a match of hockey. [5]
(d) Explain the following terms : [5]
(i) Penaln corner
(ii) Dribbling
(e) Mention any five duties of a referee during the game. [5]
Answer 10.
(a)

(b) A Penalty Corner is Awarded :

• For an offence by a defender in the striking circle which does not prevent the probable scoring of a goal.
• For an intentional offence in the circle by a defender against an opponent who does not have possession of the ball or an opportunity to play the ball.
• For an intentional offence by a defender outside the circle but within the 23 metres area they are defending.
• For intentionally playing the ball over the back-line by a defender.
• When the ball becomes lodged in a player’s clothing or equipment while in the circle they are defending. ,

Procedure for taking Penalty Corner : An attacker pushes a ball from a mark which is 10 yards away from the goal post and other player stops the ball with hockey stick at the top of the shooting circle, then another player hits the ball in the goal post. It can be taken from both sides right and left. Meanwhile, the opposing team tries to stop the goal.

(c)

1. The team which wins the toss has to start match with a centre pass.
2. After a goal scored, match will start by centre pass by the team which received the goal.
3. After half time, the opposing team who lost the toss will restart the game with centre pass.
4. A bully is taken to restart the match when match stops due to an injury or any other reason and no penalty is awarded.
5. A free hit is taken by a defender 15 metres in front of the centre of the goal-line to restart a match when a penalty stroke has been completed and no goal has been scored.

(d) (i) Penalty Corner : A penalty corner is awarded to an offensive team when the defensive team commits a foul inside the shooting circle. It is also awarded when a defender commits an intentional foul outside the circle within the 25 yard (23 metres) defensive area. A penalty corner is taken on the backline inside the circle from a mark at least 10 metres from the goal post, from whichever side of the goal the attacking team prefers. The ball can be hit or pushed, but the attacker must have at least one foot outside the field of play.

(ii) Dribbling : Dribbling is to move with the ball when the ball is in possession using a hockey stick. While dribbling, protect the ball and dribble into space. Different types of dribbling are Straight Dribble, Loose Dribble, Indian Dribble, Dribbling Push Back, One-Handed – Right Hand Dribble, One-Handed- Reverse Side Dribble.

(e) Duties of Referee during the game are as follows:

1. The Referee shall impose and report to the Scorekeeper such penalties as are prescribed by the playing rules. He shall allow the goals scored.
2. The Referee may consult with the Linesmen’ Goal Judge and Video Goal Judge, if available, in matters of disputed goals before making his decision, which shall be final.
3. He shall report to the Scorekeeper the number of the goal scorer and any player(s) entitled to assists.
4. At the first stoppage of play, he shall cause to be announced over the public address system the reason for not allowing a goal.
5. He shall measure any equipment at his own discretion or if requested by the Captain of either team.

BASKETBALL

Question 11. [3×5]
(a) List any five duties of a referee. [5]
(b) Explain the following terms :
(1) Travelling
(ii) Bounce pass [5]
(c) Mention any five occasions when the game clock is stopped during the game. [5]
(d) List the equipment used in the game of basketball. [5]
(e) Write any five skills a basketball player should possess. [5]
Answer:
(a)

1. The referee shall inspect and approve all equipment, including all the signals used by the table officials and their assistant during the game.
2. He shall designate the official game clock, twenty-four-second device, stopwatch and recognise the table officials.
3. He shall not permit any player to wear objects which may cause injury to other players.
4. Make the final decision whenever necessary or when the officials disagree. To make a final decision he may consult the umpire, the commissioner and/or the table officials.
5. At the end of each half and of each extra period or at any time he feels necessary, he shall carefully examine the score sheet and approve the score and confirm the time that remains to be played.

(b) (i) Travelling : Travelling is a violation in basketball and is penalized by awarding the ball to the opposing team out of bounds closest to where the travel occurred. The travel rule is intended to prevent players from gaining an advantage by moving with the ball without dribbling.

The basic concept of travelling is based on the “pivot foot.” Once a player receives the ball or picks up his dribble, he is allowed to move one foot, while the other foot has to remain on the floor as a pivot foot. The foot which is in first contact with the ground while the ball is caught becomes the Pivot foot. In case the player has caught the ball in air and landed on both the foot then the foot which is moved first without dribbling will not be called Pivot foot and the other foot will be considered as Pivot foot. Pivot foot is allowed to rotate, as long as the ball of the foot remains on the floor at all times.

Travel occurs when the player lifts or drags the pivot foot form the floor before releasing the ball for dribbling.

A travel occurs when the player lifts the pivot foot and the other foot and returns to the floor before releasing the ball on a pass or a shot.

(ii) Bounce Pass : In bounce pass, the holding of the ball, body positions and passing action is approximately the same as in two hand chest pass. However, in bounce pass, the ball is thrown in such a way that the ball should bounce at specific place so that it may bounce up to the waist level of the receiver easily.

This type of pass can be performed with one hand only. There are two types of bounce pass :

• One-handed bounce pass.
• Two-handed bounce pass.

(c) The game clock is stopped when :

• Time expires at the end of a period, if not stopped automatically by the game clock itself.
• An official blows his whistle while the ball is live.
• A Basket is scored against a team which has requested a time-out.
• A Basket is scored when the game clock shows 2:00 minutes or less in the fourth period and in each extra period.
• The shot clock signal sounds while a team . is in control of the ball.

(d) The following equipment are required :

1. Backstop units, consisting of:
   • Backboards
   • Baskets comprising (pressure release) rings and nets
   • Backboard support structures including padding.
2. Basketballs
3. Game clock
4. Scoreboard
5. Shot clock
6. Stopwatch or suitable (visible) device (not the game clock) for timing time-outs.
7. 2 separate, distinctly different and loud signals, one of each for the
   • shot clock operator,
   • scorer/timer.
8. Score sheet
9. Player foul markers
10. Team foul markers
11. Alternating possession indicator
12. Playing floor
13. Playing court
14. Adequate lighting.

Following are the five skills of a basketball player:

(e) (1) Dribbling : In this skill the player advances with the ball by bouncing it on the ground. This skill allows to move up and down the court and dodge past the defenders and execute plays. Proper dribbling requires ball-handling skills and knowledge of how to spread your fingers for ball control. It is best to dribble equally well with both hands. Examples of different skills of dribbling are in between legs dribble, behind the back dribble etc.

(2) Shooting : In order to score points in basketball, you need to shoot the ball into the hoop. This requires the ability to properly hold and throw the ball into the air toward the basket while avoiding defenders. A proper shot requires precise aiming, arm extension and lift from the legs. Examples of different shooting skills are jump shots, layups, hook shot etc.

(3) Running : Running is a big part of basketball. In a full-court game, one needs to run back and forth during the transitions from offense to defense. On offense running will help to avoid defenders and get to the basket quicker. On defense, running is needed to run after the opponent, especially during fast breaks.

(4) Passing : Passing means the movement of the ball from one player to another. Passing is the best way to keep possession of the basketball and is a faster way of moving the ball up the court than dribbling. Examples of different passing skills are Bounce Pass, Chest Pass, Overhead Pass etc.

(5) Jumping : Jumping is another skill that can define how good a basketball player is. Jumping skill is required during the jump ball in the beginning, while taking shots, trying to catch a pass and rebound. On defensive ability to jumping ability is required to block a shot or a pass by opponent. Jumping skill is required for collecting rebounds too.

VOLLEYBALL

Question 12. [3 x 5]
(a) Draw a neat diagram of a volleyball court. Mark the zones and the positions of the players. [5]
(b) Write the basic equipment used by volleyball players. [5]
(c) Explain the following terms : [5]
(i) Liber
(ii) Screening
(d) Write five duties of the captain of a volleyball team. [5]
(e) Explain the procedure to be followed when a match is interrupted by bad weather or dim light. [5]
Answer:
(a)

(b) A player’s equipment consists of a jersey, shorts, socks (the uniform), sport shoes, protective gear like knee pads, elbow pads, shin guards, mouth guards and protective cups for men.
The colour and the design for the jerseys, shorts and socks must be uniform for the team (except for the Libero). The uniforms must be clean.

1. The shoes must be light and pliable with rubber or composite soles without heels.
2. The number must be placed on the jersey at the centre of the front and of the back. The colour and brightness of the numbers must contrast with the colour and brightness of the jerseys.
3. The team captain must have on his/her jersey a stripe of 8 x 2 cm underlining the number on the chest.
4. It is forbidden to wear uniforms of a colour different from that of the other players (except for the Liberos), and/or without official numbers.

(c) (i) Libero : The Libero player is a defensive player and must wear a uniform which has a different dominant colour from any colour of the rest of the team. Libero replacements are not counted as substitutions. Libero should not serve, block or attempt to block. The Libero is allowed to replace any player in a back row position. He/she is restricted to perform as a back row player and is not allowed to complete an attack hit from anywhere (including playing court and free zone) if at the moment of the contact the ball is entirely higher than the top of the net.

(ii) Screening : Screening is said to have happened when :

1. The players of the serving team prevents their opponent, through individual or collective screening, from seeing the server and the flight path of the ball.
2. A player or a group of players of the serving team make(s) a screen by waving arms, jumping or moving sideways during the execution of the service, or by standing grouped, and in so doing hides both the server and the flight path of the ball until the ball reaches the vertical plane of the net.

If referee calls screening against a player or a team then the point will be awarded to opposite team.

(d) Five duties of a captain of a volleyball team are as follows:

1. Prior to the match the team captain signs the score sheet and represents his/her team in the toss.
2. During the match and while on the court, the team captain is the game captain. When the team captain is not on the court, the coach or the team captain must assign another player on the court, but not the Libero, to assume the role of game captain.
3. In the absence of the coach, to request time-outs and substitutions to referee.
4. At the end of the game thanks the referees and signs the score sheet to ratify the result.
5. Captain may request for a change of ball to the referee.

(e) The procedure to be followe’d when the match is interrupted by bad weather or dim light is :

1. The first referee, the organizer and the control committee, if there is one, shall decide the measures to be taken to re-establish normal conditions.
2. If the match is resumed on the same playing court, the interrupted set shall continue normally with the same score, players (except expelled or disqualified ones) and positions. The sets already played will keep their scores.
3. If the match is resumed on another playing court, the interrupted set is canceled and replayed with the same team members and the same starting line-ups (except expelled or disqualified ones) and the record of all sanctions will be maintained. The sets already played will keep their scores.
4. Should one or several interruptions occur, exceeding 4 hours in total, the whole match shall be replayed.

TENNIS

Question 13. [3×5]
(a) Draw a neat diagram of a tennis racket with all its specifications. [5]
(b) Write any five duties of a referee. [5]
(c) Explain the following : [5]
(i) Deuce
(ii) Half volley
(d) State any five instances when a player loses a point during the game. [5]
(e) (i) Name four important tournaments of tennis. [5]
(ii) Expand the following :
(1) ATF
(2) NLTA
Answer:
(a)

(b) The five duties of a referee :

1. A referee settles disputes when two players disagree.
2. A referee gives the final verdict on whether the court is good for playing tennis. This includes making sure the playing surface is safe, the net is of the correct height, the lighting is adequate, the court is dry or that the temperature is not too cold or hot.
3. A referee enforces match start times, issuing penalties and disqualifications for late starts.
4. Referees should wear clothing that identifies them as officials. They should introduce themselves to players.
5. Referee should not yell instructions or warnings to players.

(c)

1. Deuce : Deuce is a term used in scoring. A deuce occurs in tennis when the score is 40-40 (both players have 40 points). To win the game a player need to get the advantage and then get an extra point. The game can come back to deuce if the player that has got a point after deuce (advantage) loses a point in the next.
2. Half-Volley : The half volley is not actually a volley, but rather a forehand or backhand groundstroke hit immediately after the ball bounces onto your side of the court. A half volley in tennis is a shot that is hit immediately after the ball bounces but before it reaches the apex of its bounce. It is a fundamental shot for all doubles players who wish to master the midcourt.

(d) Player loses point if:

• The player serves two consecutive faults.
• Player does not return the ball in play before it bounces twice consecutively.
• The receiver returns the service before it bounces.
• The player deliberately carries or catches the ball in play on the racket or deliberately touches it with the racket more than once.
• The player deliberately and materially changes the shape of the racket when the ball is in play.

(e) (i) The tournaments of tennis are :

• Australian open
• French open
• Wimbledon
• US open

(ii)

1. ATF : The Asian Tennis Federation (ATF) is a non-profit organization affiliated with the International Tennis Federation that is open to all national tennis associations in Asia. The ATF’s objectives are to increase participation in, facilitate the development of and raise the standard of Asian tennis. The ATF works closely with the International Tennis Federation (ITF) and supports its member associations through the implementation of a wide range of programs.
2. NLTA: National Lawn Tennis Association.

BADMINTON

Question 14. [3 x 5]
(a) Draw a neat diagram of a badminton court with all its specifications. [5]
(b) Explain the scoring system in the game of badminton. [5]
(c) Explain the following terms : [5]
(i) Short service line
(ii) Back gallery
(iii) Footfault
(iv) Love all
(v) Rotation

(d) Write a short note on each of the following :[5]
(i) Thomas Cup
(ii) UberCup

(e) Expand the following : [5]
(i) BWF
(ii) SGFI
(iii) BAI
(iv) IBF
(v) IBL
Answer 14.
(a)

Diagram of Badminton Court

(b) Every time there is a serve – there is a point scored. A rally is won when a shuttle is hit over the net and onto the floor of the opponent’s court. A rally is lost if the shuttle is hit into the net, or over the net but outside of the opponent’s court. A rally is also lost if the shuttle touches the player’s clothing or body, or if it is hit before it crosses over the net. The side winning a rally adds a point to its score. In Badminton World Federation statutes book 2018-19 it is written that it is permissible to play by prior arrangement, either.

• One game of 21 points.
• The best of 3 games of 15 points.
• The best of five games of 11 points.

(c)

1. Short Service Line : It is a line l .98 from the net, which the serve must reach to be legal. This line marks the non-volley zone or fore¬court of the playing area.
2. Back Gallery : The area in between the two last lines in the back area of the court i.e., the second last line which is parallel to the centre line from the back end of the court i.e., the line which considered the end line for doubles serve and the last line which is parallel to the centre line from the back end of the court i.e., the line which is considered end line in singles serve.
3. Foot Fault: According to the service rule of badminton some part of both feet of the server and the receiver shall remain in contact with the surface of the court in a stationary position from the start of the service to until the service is delivered if it does not happen a foot fault will be called by the referee and the point will be awarded to the opponent of the foot faultier.
4. Love all : In badminton the game starts with love all. It means the score is 0-0.
5. Rotation : Rotation in badminton may signify following :
   • Rotation of shoulder or elbow while executing various skills of badminton.
   • It may signify the order of receiving and order of serving in a doubles badminton match.

(d) (i) Thomas Cup : The Thomas Cup or World Men’s Team Championships was first staged in 1948-49. Thomas Cup is named after Sir George Alan Thomas from England. The . Thomas Cup was played every three years in the start. Since 1982, the Tournament has been held every two years with a format of 3 singles and 2 doubles. Since 1984 Uber Cup and Thomas cup are held together.

(ii) Uber Cup : Uber Cup or Women’s World Team Championships was added for the first time in 1956-57. Uber Cup is named after Mrs. H.S. Uber from England. The Uber Cup was played every three years in the start. Since 1984 the tournament has been held every two years with the format of three singles and two doubles. Since 1984 Uber Cup and Thomas cup are held together.

(e)

• BWF : Badminton World Federation
• SGFI: School Games Federation of India
• BAI: Badminton Federation of India
• IBF : International Badminton Federation
• IBL : Indian Badminton League

SWIMMING

Question 15. [3×5]
Question 15. [3 x 51]
(a) List the equipment used in swimming competitions. [5]
(b) What is false start rope? [5]
(c) List any five swimming events. [5]
(d) Explain the following. [5]
(i) Control room supervisor
(ii) Individual, nedle
(e) Write a short note on FINA. [5]
Answer
(a)

• Swimsuit
• Earplugs/Nose Clips
• Googles
• Training tooles
• Swimming cap
• Fins, Paddles and Boards
• Stop watch

(b) A false start/recall rope is a rope that stretches across the width of competitive racing pools. It stops swimmers who were unaware of a false start. They’re specifically designed to get the attention of swimmers to prevent them from exerting unnecessary energy in the case of a false start. Typically, the rope is made of some sort of polymer plastic to prevent deterioration from the water, and includes two floats and two quick-snap connectors with weights. The rope is typically located about halfway on yard pools and about 50-feet from the starting end on meter pools.

(c) Five Swimming events are as follows :

• 100 m Freestyle.
• 100 m Backstroke
• 100 m Butterfly
• 100 m Breast Stroke
• 4 x 50 Freestyle Relay

(d) (i) Control Room Supervisor : The Control Room Supervisor/Chief Recorder has overall responsibility for the efficient operation of the recording room (area) during the meet. The supervisor shall be responsible for the management of all personnel and shall supervise the automatic timing operation including the review of backup timing cameras [if installed]. Control Room Supervisor is responsible for checking the results from computer printouts.
(ii) Individual Medley : In individual medley events, the swimmer covers the four swimming strokes in the following order : butterfly, backstroke, breaststroke and freestyle. Each of the strokes must cover one quarter (1/4) of the distance.

(e) The Federation International de Natation (FINA) was founded in London July 19, 1908 during the Olympic Games in London (GBR). Eight national federations were responsible for the formation of FINA : Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Hungary and Sweden. Some of the objectives of FINA are to promote and encourage the development of aquatics in all possible regards throughout the world; to provide fair and drug free sport; to promote and encourage the development of international relations to encourage participation in aquatics disciplines at all levels throughout the world regardless of age, gender or race etc.

FINA controls the development of the following aquatic events :

• Swimming : freestyle, backstroke, breaststroke, butterfly, medley, relays, mixed relays.
• Diving : Springboard (1 m, 3m), platform (10 m), synchronized diving (3 m and 10 m), mixed and team events.
• High Diving : Men (27 m) and women (20 m).
• Water Polo : Men and women.
• Synchronized Swimming : Solo, duet, mixed duet, team and free combination.
• Open Water Swimming : 5 km, 10 km, 25 km, team event.

ATHLETICS

Question 16. [3 x 5]
(a) List the events of Decathlon and Heptathlon, in athletics. [5]
(b) Draw a neat diagram of a discuss throw sector, with all its specifications. [5]
(c) Explain the event high jump. Write the different techniques used in high jump. [5]
(d) Mention five important duties of a referee, in Athletics. [5]
(e) Explain the following terms : [5]
(i) Baton
(ii) Marathon
(iii) Hurdling
(iv) Take off area
(v) Approach run
Answer:
(a) The heptathlon consists of seven events and is a standard part of men and women’s indoor track and field competitions, but only women compete in the heptathlon outdoors and in the heptathlon in the Olympics. Men’s indoor track events often include the heptathlon. For women, the heptathlon is composed of the 100 m hurdles, long jump, javelin throw, 200 m high jump, 800’m and shot put. For men’s indoor competitions, the heptathlon consists of the 60 m, 1,000 m, shot put, 60 m hurdles, high jump, long jump and pole vault.

The decathlon is a 10-discipline combined track and field event that is primarily a men’s event. A decathlon is sometimes held in women’s track and field events, but not at major international competitions such as the Olympics. The events in the men’s decathlon include the 100 m long jump, shot put, high jump, 400 m, 110 m hurdles, discuss throw, pole vault, javelin throw and 1,500 m. The women’s decathlon includes the same events.

and take off from one foot over a four-meter-long horizontal bar. High jumper seek to clear the greatest height without knocking the bar to the ground. An athlete has three attempts per height, although the athlete can elect to ‘pass’, i.e., advance to a greater height despite not having cleared the current one. Three consecutive failures at the same height, or combination of heights, cause an athlete’s elimination.

(c) In high jump an athlete has to jump unaided and take off from one foot over a four-meter-long horizontal bar. High jumper seek to clear the greatest height without knocking the bar to the ground. An athlete has three attempts per height, although athlete can elect to ‘pass’, i.e., advance to a greater height despite not having cleared the current one. Three consecutive failures at the same height, or combination of heights, cause an athlete’s elimination.

High jump technique can be mainly divided into three Approach (Running towards the high jump bar) Take-off (Movement of lifting the body up in air and flight (what is done in air to landing on mat). Major high jump techniques are:

• Scissor Jump : Legs are lifted over the bar in alteration one after the other.
• Eastern Cut-off : Athlete rotates the trunk into a horizontal position at the peak of the jump.
• Western Roll : In the athlete clears the bar on his/her side, with the take-off leg tucked under the rest of the body.
• Straddle Jump: The athlete cleared the bar face-down, with the body stretched along the bar.

Fosbury-flop: The athlete runs up in a curve, jumps by taking off from his outer foot and twists his body to clear the bar with his back. He finishes the movement by lifting his legs over the bar and landing on a mattress.

(d)

1. Referee shall have authority to warn or exclude from competition. any athlete guilty of acting in an unsporting or improper manner.
2. The referee shall not act as a judge or umpire but may take any action or decision according to the rules based on his own observations and may overrule a decision of a judge.
3. The appropriate referee shaLl check all final results.
4. If, in the opinion of the appropriate referee, circumstances arise at any competition such that justice demands that any event or any part of an event should he contested again, he shall have authority to declare the event or any part of an event void and that it shall be held again, either on the same day or on some future occasion, as he shall decide.
5. The referee may reconsider a decision (whether made in the first instance or in considering a protest) on the basis of any available evidence, provided the new decision is still applicable.

(e)

1. Baton : A short light stick that one member of a team in a relay race passes to the next person to run.
2. Marathon : A long running race of 42.195 km.
3. Hurdling : In hurdling a runner races over a series of obstacles called hurdles, which are set at a fixed distance apart.
4. Take off Area : The area marked on the ground from where the jumper takes off for a jump.
5. Approach Run : The approach run is a buildup run by the athlete before moving the stage of taking off for a jump.

ISC Class 12 Physical Education Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Computer Science Previous Year Question Paper 2016 Solved for Class 12

Maximum Marks: 70
Time allowed: 3 hours

• Candidates are allowed additional 15 minutes for only reading the paper.
• They must NOT start writing during this time.
• Answer all questions in Part-1 (compulsory) and six questions from Part – II, choosing two questions from Section-A, two from Section-B and two from Section-C.
• All working, including rough work, should be done on the same sheet as the rest of the answer.
• The intended marks for questions or parts of questions are given in brackets [ ].

Part – I (20 Marks)
Answer all questions

While answering questions in this Part, indicate briefly your working and reasoning, wherever required.

Question 1.
(a) State Involution law and prove it with the help of a truth table. [1]
(b) Show that X ∨ ~ (Y ∧ X) is a tautology. [1]
(c) Find the dual of [1]
YX + X’ + 1 = 1
(d) Write the maxterm and minterm, when the inputs are A = 0, B = 1, C = 1 and D = 0. [1]
(e) Draw the logic circuit of a NAND gate using NOR gates only. [1]
Answer:

Question 2.
(a) Define the term fall through the condition with reference to switch () case. [2]
(b) Convert the following infix expression into postfix form: [2]
A + B / C * (D/E * F)
(c) A matrix A[m] [n] is stored with each element requiring 4 bytes of storage. If the base address at A[1] [1] is 1500 and the address at A [4] [5] is 1608, determine the number of rows of the matrix when the matrix is stored in Column Major Wise. [2]
(d) From the class declaration given below, state the nature of the identifiers A, B, C and D: [2]
class A extends B implements C, D
(e) State one advantage and one disadvantage of using recursion over iteration. [2]
Answer:
(a) Fall through is prevented with a break keyword at the end of the matching body, which exits execution of the switch block, but this can cause bugs due to unintentional fall through if the programmer forgets to insert break statement.

(b) A + B/C * (D/E * F) = A + B/C (D/EF*)*
= AB/C+ (D/EF*)*
= AB/C + DEF*/*

(c) A [m] [n]
i = 4, B = 1500
j = 5, w = 4
B [i][j] = 1608

Class A is the superclass of B which in turn is the superclass of subclass C and D

(e) In iteration, the statement is executed repeatedly using the same memory space which is allocated once.
In recursion, the statement is executed repeatedly by invoking the same function within itself and for each recursive call, a fresh memory is allocated. The recursive function runs slower as compared to iteration.

Question 3.
The following function Check() is a part of some class. What will the function Check() return when the values of both ‘m’ and ‘n’ is equal to 5? Show the dry run/working. [5]

int Check (int m, int n)
{
if(n = = 1)
return - m --;
else
return + + m + Check (m, -- n);
}

Answer:
The value of m and n are 5 which is not equal to 1. It is, for this reason, the first if block is not executed as a result it will jump to the else part where the value of m will be 6 and n will be 4. As m is having Pre Increment operator so the value of m is changed to 6 and the value of n to 4 as it is the Pre Decrement operator.

Part – II (50 Marks)

Answer six questions in this part, choosing two questions from Section-A, two from Section-B and two from Section-C

Section – A
Answer any two questions

Question 4.
(a) Given the Boolean function F (A, B, C, D) = Σ (1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15).
(i) Reduce the above expression by using 4-variable Karnaugh map, showing the various groups (i.e. octal, quads and pairs). [4]
(ii) Draw the logic gate diagram for the reduced expression. Assume that the variables and their complements are available as inputs. [1]
(b) Given the Boolean function:
F (A, B, C, D) = π (4, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15)
(i) Reduce the above expression by using the 4-variable Karnaugh map, showing the various groups (i.e., octal, quads and pairs). [4]
(ii) Draw the logic gate diagram for the reduced expression. Assume that the variables and their complements are available as inputs. [1]
Answer:
(a) (i) F (A, B, C, D) = Σ (1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15)

Question 5.
(a) What is a decoder? Draw the logic diagram for a binary to octal (3 to 8) decoder. [3]
(b) How is a half adder different from a full adder? Draw the truth table and derive the SUM and CARRY expression for a full adder. Also, draw the logic diagram for a full adder. [4]
(c) State whether the following expression is a Tautology, Contradiction or a Contingency, with the help of a truth table:
(X=>Z)∨~[(X=>Y)∧(Y=>Z)] [3]
Answer:
(a) A decoder is a circuit which converts the binary number into equivalent decimal form. In a decoder, if there are 3 input lines it will be capable of producing 8 distinct output one for each of the states.

Half Adder: It is a logic circuit that adds two bits. It produces the outputs; SUM and CARRY.

Full Adder: It is a logical circuit that adds three bits. It produces two outputs; SUM and CARRY

Question 6.
(a) A passenger is allotted a window seat in an aircraft if he/she satisfies the criteria given below: [5]
The passenger is below 15 years and is accompanied by an adult.
or
The passenger is a lady and is not accompanied by an adult.
or
The passenger is not below 15 years but is travelling for the first time.
The inputs are:

Inputs
A	The passenger is below 15 years age.
C	The passenger is accompanied by an adult.
L	The passenger is a lady.
F	The passenger is travelling for the first time.

(In all the above cases 1 indicates yes and 0 indicates no).
Output: W – Denotes the passenger is allotted a window seat (1 indicates yes and 0 indicates no)
Draw the truth table for the inputs and outputs given above and write the SOP expression for W(A, C, L, F).
(b) State the complement properties. Find the complement of the following Boolean expression using De Morgan’s law: [3]
AB’ + A’ + BC
(c) Differentiate between Canonical form and Cardinal form of expression. [2]
Answer:
(a) From the above, we have four inputs and one output W. The truth table for the given variables is as shown below:

(b) The complement property says that any value AND the compliment of that value equals the OR identity and that any value OR the compliment of that value equals the OR identity.
(A AND (A’) = 0; A OR (A’) = 1.)
Try yourself by applying De Morgan’s Law.

(c) Any Boolean function that is expressed as a sum of minterms or as a product of max terms is said to be in its canonical form. The Boolean function which is expressed in the form of degree or cellularity or binary values is referred to as cardinal form.
For example – The following function is in cardinal form.
F(P, Q, R) = π(1, 3)
The cardinal form has been converted into canonical form.
F(P, Q, R) = π(1, 3) = 001, 011
= (P + Q + R’). (P + Q’ + R’)

Section – B
Answer any two questions

• Each program should be written in such a way that it clearly depicts the logic of the problem.
• This can be achieved by using mnemonic names and comments in the program.
• Flowcharts and Algorithms are not required.
• The programs must be written in Java.

Question 7.
A disarium number is a number in which the sum of the digits to the power of their respective position is equal to the number itself. [10]
Example: 135 = 11 + 32 + 53
Hence, 135 is a disarium number.
Design a class Disarium to check if a given number is a disarium number or not. Some of the members of the class are given below:
Class name: Disarium
Data members/instance variables:
int num: stores the number
int size: stores the size of the number
Methods/Member functions:
Disarium (int nn): parameterized constructor to initialize the data members n = nn and size = 0
void countDigit(): counts the total number of digits and assigns it to size
int sumofDigits (int n, int p): returns the sum of the digits of the number(n) to the power of their respective positions (p) using recursive technique
void check(): checks whether the number is a disarium number and displays the result with an appropriate message
Specify the class Disarium giving the details of the constructor! ), void countDigit(), int sumofDigits(int, int) and void check(). Define the mainO function to create an object and call the functions accordingly to enable the task.
Answer:

class Disarium
{
public static void main (String [ ] args) throws IOException
{
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (new InputStreamReader) System.in));
System.out.println ("Enter a number");
int n = Integer.parselnt (br.readLine());
int copy = n, d = 0, sum = 0;
String s = Integer.toString (n);
int len = s.length();
while (copy >0)
{
d = copy % 10;
sum = sum + (int) Math.pow (d, len);
len--;
copy = copy/10;
}
if (sum == n)
System, outprintln (“Is a disarium no”);
else
System.out.prinln (“Is not a disarium no”);
}
}

Question 8.
A class Shift contains a two-dimensional integer array of order (m×n) where the maximum values of both m and n are 5. Design the class Shift to shuffle the matrix (i.e. the first row becomes the last, the second row becomes the first and so on). The details of the members of the class are given below: [10]
Class name: Shift
Data member/instance variable:
mat[][]: stores the array element
m: integer to store the number of rows
n: integer to store the number of columns
Member functions/methods:
Shift(int mm, int nn): parameterized constructor to initialize the data members m=mm and n=nn
void input(): enters the elements of the array
void cyclic(Shift p): enables the matrix of the object (P) to shift each row upwards in a cyclic manner and store the resultant matrix in the current object
void display(): displays the matrix elements
Specify the class Shift giving details of the constructor(), void input(), void cyclic(Shift) and void display(). Define the main() function to create an object and call the methods accordingly to enable the task of shifting the array elements.
Answer:

import java.io.*;
class Shift
{
intmat[][];
int m;
int n;
public Shift(int mm, int nn){
m = mm;
n = nn;
m = 5;
n = 5;
mat = new int[m][n];
}
public void input()throws IOException {
InputStreamReader input = new InputStreamReader(System.in);
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(input);
for(int i = 0; i < m; i++)
for(int j = 0; j < n; j++){
System.out.print("Elements of the matrix: "+i+", "+j+":");
mat[i] [j] = Integer.parseInt(br.readLine());
}
}
public void cyclic(Shift p){
for(int i = 0; i < m; i++)
for(int j = 0; j < n; j++){
if(i == 0)
this.mat[m-1][j] = p.mat[i][j];
else
this.mat[i-1][j] = p.mat[i][j];
}
}
public void display() {
for(int i = 0; i < m; i++){
for(int j = 0; j < n; j++) 
System, out .print(mat[i] [j]+" \t"); 
System.out.println(); 
} 
} 
public static void main(String args[])throws IOException{ 
InputStreamReader input = new InputStreamReader(System.in); 
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader(input); 
System.out.print("M = "); 
int mm=Integer. parseInt(br.readLine());
System.out.print("N = "); 
int nn = Integer.parseInt(br.readLine()); 
Shift obj 1 = new Shift(mm, nn);
Shift obj2 = new Shift(mm, nn); 
obj 1.input();
System.out.println("Original Matrix entered by you :"); 
obj1.display(); 
obj2.cyclic(obj1);
 System.out.println("New Shifted Matrix is :"); 
obj2.display(); 
} 
}

Question 9.
A class ConsChange has been defined with the following details: [10]
Class name: ConsChange
Data members/instance variables:
word: stores the word len: stores the length of the word
Member functions/methods:
ConsChange(): default constructor
void readword(): accepts the word in lowercase
void shiftcons(): shifts all the consonants of the word at the beginning followed by the vowels (e.g. spoon becomes spnoo)
void changeword(): changes the case of all occurring consonants of the shifted word to uppercase, for e.g. (spnoo becomes SPNoo)
void show(): displays the original word, shifted word and the changed word
Specify the class ConsChange giving the details of the constructor ), void readword ( ), void shiftcons (), void changeword() and void show(). Define the main() function to create an object and call the functions accordingly to enable the task.
Answer:

import java.io.*; 
class ConsChange { 
String word; 
int len; public ConsChange() { 
word = new String (); 
len = word, length (); 
}
public void readword () throws IOException { 
InputStreamReader isr = new InputStreamReader (System.in); 
BufferedReader br = new BufferedReader (isr); 
System.out.println ("Enter the word"): 
word = br.readLine(); 
word = word, trim().toLowerCase(); 
if (word.indexOf (") > 0)
word = word.substring (0, word.indexOf ("));
len = word, length();
}
public void shiftcons()
{
String cons = new String();
String vowel = new String();
for (int i= 0; i < len; i++)
{
char ch = word.charAt (i);
switch (ch)
{
case 'a';
case 'e';
case 'i';
case 'o';
case 'u';
vowel+ = ch;
break;
default:
cons + = ch ;
}
}
word = cons + vowel;
System.out.println (''Shifted Word+word):
changeword();
System.outprintln("Changed Word: "+ word);
}
public void changeword()
{
int pos = -1;
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
char ch = word.charAt (i);
switch (ch)
{
case 'a';
case 'e';
case 'o';
case 'u';
break;
default:
pos = i;
}
word = word.substring (0, pos + 1). toUpperCase ()+word.substring (pos + 1);
}
}

Section – C
Answer any two questions

• Each program should be written in such a way that it clearly depicts the logic of the problem stepwise.
• This can be achieved by using comments in the program and mnemonic names or pseudo-codes for algorithms.
• The programs must be written in Java and the algorithms must be written in general/standard form, wherever required/specified.
• Flowcharts are not required.

Question 10.
A superclass Bank has been defined to store the details of a customer. Define a sub-class Account that enables transactions for the customer with the bank. The details of both the classes are given below: [5]
Class name: Bank
Data members/instance variables:
name: stores the name of the customer
accno: stores the account number
P: stores the principal amount in decimals
Member functions/methods:
Bank(….): parameterized constructor to assign values to the instance variables
void display (): displays the details of the customer
Class name: Account
Data member/instance variable:
amt: stores the transaction amount in decimals
Member functions/methods:
Account(…): parameterized constructor to assign values to the instance variables of both the classes
void deposit(): accepts the amount and updates the principal as p=p+amt
void withdraw(): accepts the amount and updates the principal as p=p-amt
If the withdrawal amount is more than the principal amount, then display the message “INSUFFICIENT BALANCE”.
If the principal amount after withdrawal is less than 500, then a penalty is imposed by using the formula.
p=p-(500-p)/10
void display(): displays the details of the customer
Assume that the superclass Bank has been defined.
Using the concept of Inheritance; specify the class Account giving details of the constructor(…), void deposit(), void withdraw() and void display() The superclass and the main function need not be written.
Answer:

import java.util.Date
public class Account
{
private int id=0
private double balance = 0
private static double annualRate = 0
private Date dateCreated = new date();
Account ()
{
id = 0;
balance = 0.0;
AnnuallnterestRate = 0.0;
}
public Account (int newId, double newBalance)
{
id = newld;
balance = newBalance;
}
Account (int newId, double newBalance, double new AnnuallnterestRate)
{
id = newId;
Balance = newBalance;
AnnualInterestRate = new AnnualInterestRate;
}
public int get Id()
{
return id;
}
public double get Balance()
{
return balance;
}
public double get AnnuallnterestRate()
{
return AnnuallnterestRate;
}
double get Monthlylnterest Rate()
{
return AnnualInterestRate/12/100 + bal;
}
double withdraw (double amount)
{
return balance - = amount;
}
public double withdraw (double amt, date current date, date preset)
{
if (getBalance() < amount)
{
System.out.println("Amount is larger than current balance");
if (current date.after (preset)
{
System.out.printing("Amount exceed balance");
return super;
withdraw (amount);
}

Question 11.
A bookshelf is designed to store the books in a stack with LIFO(Last In First Out) operation. Define a class Book with the following specifications: [5]
Class name: Book
Data members/instance variables:
name[]: stores the names of the books
point: stores the index of the topmost book
max: stores the maximum capacity of the bookshelf
Methods/Member functions:
Book(int cap): constructor to initialise the data members
max = cap and point = -1
void tell(): displays the name of the book which was last entered in the shelf. If there is no book left in the shelf, displays the message “SHELF EMPTY”
void add(String v): adds the name of the book to the shelf if possible, otherwise displays the message ‘SHELF FULL”
void display(): displays all the names of the books available on the shelf
Specify the class Book giving the details of ONLY the functions void tell() and void add(String). Assume that the other functions have been defined.
The main function need not be written.
Answer:

import java.io.*;
class Book {
String name[];
int point;
int max;
public Book(int cap){
max=cap;
point = -1;
name = new String[max];
}
public void tell(){
if(point == -1)
System.out.println("SHELF EMPTY");
else
System.out.println("Last entered: "+name[point]);
}
public void add(String v){
if (point+1 = max)
System.out.println("SHELF FULL");
else
name [++point] = v;
}
public void display(){
if (point == -1)
System. out.println("SHELF EMPTY");
else {
for(int i = 0; i <= point; i++)
System.out.println(name[i]);
}
}
public static void main(String args[])throws IOException {
InputStreamReader input = new InputStreamReader(System.in);
BufiferedReader br = new BufferedReader(input);
System.out.print("Capacity of the bookshelf: ");
int size = Integer.parseInt(br.readLine());
Book obj = new Book(size);
loop:
while(true){
System.out.println("1. Last Entered");
System.out.println("2. Add New");
System.out.println("3. List All");
System.out.print("Enter your choice: ");
int choice = Integer.parseInt(br.readLine());
switch(choice){
case 1:
obj.tell();
break;
case 2:
System.out.print("Book title:");
String title=br.readLine();
obj.add(title);
break;
case 3:
obj.display();
break;
default:
break loop;
}
}
}
}

Question 12.
(a) A linked list is formed from the objects of the class Node. The class structure of the Node is given below: [2]

class Node
{
String name;
Node next;
}

Write an Algorithm OR a Method to search for a given name in the linked list. The method of the declaration is given below:
boolean search name(Node start, String v)
(b) Answer the following questions from the diagram of a Binary Tree given below:

(i) Write the inorder traversal of the above tree structure. [1]
(ii) Name the parent of nodes B and G [1]
(iii) Name the leaves of the right sub-tree. [1]
Answer:

(a) boolean search name(Node start, String v){
if (start == null)
return false;
else if((start.name).equalsIgnoreCase(v))
return true;
return search name(start.next, String v);
}

(b) (i) In the above binary tree, the inorder traversal would be:
F, D, J, B, A, E, H, G, C, I
(ii) The parent of the node B is A, and that of node G is E.
(iii) The leaves of the right sub-tree are H and I.

ISC Class 12 Computer Science Previous Year Question Papers

ISC English Literature Previous Year Question Paper 2002 Solved for Class 12

Section – A
The Tempest—Shakespeare

Question 1.
Choose three of the passages (a) to (d) and answer as briefly as possible the questions that follow :
(a) Boatswain :
None that I love more than myself. You are a councilor;
if you can command these elements to silence and work the peace of the present, we will not hand a rope more;
use your authority. If you cannot, give thank you have lived so long, and make yourself ready in your cabin for the mischance of the hour, if it so hap.
[To the mariners ]- Cheerly, good hearts! [To the courtiers [-Out of the way, I say]

(i) To whom is the Boatswain speaking? What does he mean in this way?
(ii) What were the conditions that made the boatswain react in this way?
(iii) What hope does the person speak taking from the attitude of the Boatswain?
(iv) How can they ‘make yourself ready in your cabin’? For what are they asked to make themselves ready?
(v) What opinion do you form of the Boatswain from the above extract?

(b) Sebastian :
What a strange drowsiness posseses them!

Antonio :
It is the quality o’ th’ climate

Sebastian :
Why
Doth it not then bur eyelids sink? I find not
Myself dispos’d to sleep.

Antonio :
Nor I: my spirits are nimble.
They fell together all, as by consent;
They dropp ’d, as by a thunder stroke. What might?
Worthy Sebastian? O what might-? No more-
Any yet methinks I see it in thy face
What thou should’st be. The’ occasion speaks thee, and
My strong imagination sees a crown
Dropping upon thy head.

(i) Why did such ‘strange drowsiness ’ possess them? Who are referred to as “them”? Where are “they”?
(ii) Who is Antonio? How was he responsible for Prospero’s present condition?
(iii) Explain : “Th’ occasion speaks thee”.
(iv) What does Antonio ultimately convince Sebastian to do? What role does Antonio himself intend to play?
(v) How are Antonio and Sebastian prevented from doing what they had planned?

(c) Stephano :
How now shall this be compassed?
Canst thou bring me to the party

Caliban :
Yea, yea, my lord. I’ll yield him thee asleep,
Where thou may’st knock a nail into his head.

Ariel :
Thou liest, thou canst not.

Caliban :
What a pied ninny’s this!
Thou scurvy patch!
I do beseech thy greatness, give him blows,
And take his bottle from him :
When that’s gone He shall drink naught but brine;
for I’ll not show him Where the quick freshes are.

(i) Who is Stephano? What is the “this ” that is to be “compassed”?
(ii) Who is Caliban speaking about when he says “I’ll yield him thee asleep”?What is the reason for Caliban’s hatred towards that person?
(iii) Who is Caliban calling “a pied ninny”? Explain the terms “a pied ninny” and “scurvy patch ”?
(iv) What is Ariel’s intention in being a part of this conversation?
(v) What is the plot Caliban outlines before Stephano a little later in the scene?

(d) Prosper :
Fairly spoke.
Sit then and talk with her, she is thine own.
What, Ariel! my industrious servant Ariel!
Enter Ariel.

Ariel :
What would my potent master? Here lam.

Prospero :
Thou and thy meaner fellows your last service
Did worthily perform, and I must use you
In such another trick. Go bring the rabble
O’er whom I give thee power here to this place.

(i) Who is Prospero addressing at the beginning of the extract? How did that person come to be there?
(ii) What was “fairly spoke ”
(iii) What was the “last service” worthily performed by Ariel and his fellows?
(iv) What is the “such another trick” Prospero wants to use Ariel for and for what purpose?
(v) After the performance of “such another trick” Prospero is disturbed for some reason. What is he reminded of?
Answer:
(a) (i) The boatswain addresses Gonzalo : “None that I love more than myself’ he means that he loves himself more than he cared for the king.
(ii) As a severe storm was raging, the ship could be wrecked at any moment. The courtiers were interfering in the sailors’ efforts who were trying their best to save the ship. These were the ghastly conditions that made the boatswain to react in this way.
(iii) The rude attitude of the boatswain convinces the person that the boatswain had no drowning mark upon him and that he will be hanged if he is alive later.
(iv) They were asked to make themselves ready for death as the ship would certainly wreck and they would all drown. Thus they can make themselves ready to meet their death.
(v) The boatswain is a sincere worker though a bit coarse in manner. He is seriously concerned about the safety of all.

(b) (i) Ariel’s magical music causes strange drowsiness on them. ‘Them’ refers to Alonso, Gonzalo, Adrian and Francisco. They are on another part of the island.
(ii) Antonio is Prospero’s younger brother and the usurping Duke of Milan. Antonio conspired with Alonso, the King of Naples, to overthrow Prospero. He put Prospero and Miranda on a rotten carcass of a boat to perish in the open sea and declared himself the Duke of Milan.
(iii) The phrase means that this is the apt hour for Sebastian to act.
(iv) Antonio finally convinces Sebastian to kill Alonso and Gonzalo and become the King of Naples. Antonio himself intends to kill Alonso.
(v) Ariel at that moment sings in Gonzalo’s ear and awakens him, thus preventing Antonio and Sebastian from doing what they had planned.

(c) (i) Stephano is Alonso’s butler. “This” is the purpose of Stephano becoming the king of the island.
(ii) Caliban is speaking about Prospero. Caliban hates Prospero because he believes that he is the real owner of this island, being the son of Sycorax, the witch. Prospero had taken this island from him by his power of magic and Prospero also ill-treated Caliban and punished him in many ways.
(iii) Caliban calls Trinculo a ‘pied ninny’. ‘Pied ninny’ means a fool who wears striped clothes and ‘scurvy patch’ means a diseased clown.
(iv) Ariel wants to deliberately cause a quarrel between Stephano and Trinculo. Then he wants to inform Prospero about the conspiracy that is being plotted against him.
(v) Caliban outlines the plot that Prospero goes to sleep in the afternoon; “there thou mayst brain him, having first seiz’d his books; for without them he’s but a sot, as I am”. Stephano can then kill Prospero easily, marry his daughter, and become the king of the island.

(d) (i) Prospero is addressing Ferdinand, who after being shipwrecked, had swum to the shore and was lured to Prospero’s cell by Ariel’s music.
(ii) The statement of Ferdinand was “fairly spoke” in which he says that he would not be tempted to do anything that destroys the sacredness of the marriage.
(iii) The last service worthily performed by Ariel and his fellows was to spread a banquet before Alonso and his companions. But before those hungry, and tired men could eat, Ariel appeared like a harpy and made the banquet to vanish. He then reminded them of the evil they had done to Prospero and Miranda.
(iv) Prospero wants Ariel to present a masque before Ferdinand and Miranda. He wants to show them the potency of his art and also depict the Goddesses Iris, Juno and Ceres blessing them.
(v) Prospero is disturbed because he is aware of the conspiracy being hatched by Caliban, Stephano, and Trinculo against his life.

Section – B
The Tempest-Shakespeare

Question 3.
Compare Caliban and Ariel as servants of Prospero.
Answer:
Shakespeare is the master playwright who has crafted a multitude of characters unparalleled in English literature. His famous play ‘The Tempest’ is also a panorama of different types of characters who represent perfectly the identity imparted to them. Both Ariel and Caliban are servants of Prospero but they oppose each other. However there are some similarities too; both dislike hardwork, both are deeply desirous of freedom, and belong to different realms of human experience.

One is a super-human and the other is sub-human.

Ariel is a soulless being, dainty and delicate. He is associated with flowers and bees. He serves Prospero wholeheartedly.
“All hail, great master, grave sir, hail! I come to answer thy best pleasure he ’t to fly.
To swim, to dive into the fire, to ride
On the curl’d clouds; to thy strong bidding tasks.
Before Prospero’s arrival on the island, Ariel was in the service of Sycorax. When he refused to carry out her “earthy and abhorr’d commands” she confined him into a “cloven pine”. He howled away twelve winters before Prospero arrived and freed him from the prison with the help of his magical powers. Ariel’s gratitude to Prospero makes him a willing, responsible, and sincere servant.

Prospero is able to raise the Tempest; cause a magical shipwreck; lead his enemies to the island, and finally cause them to repent for their misdeeds with Ariel’s help only.

Ariel fulfils Prospero’s orders to the minutest detail causing no injury to any person on the ship, not even a minutest “hair pershed”.
Though Ariel is an airy spirit, yet like a man he enjoys harsh work and treats his victims roughly. He is eager for praise and reports to Prospero about how he carried out his instructions.

“To every article
I boarded the king’s ship.
Now on the beak, Now in the waist,
the dech, in every cabin,
I flam’d amazement.”

Ariel has the power over all the elements and that is why Ariel controls every phenomenon in the play. He creates the storm, the thunder and lightning, mirages that deceive, the masque, the banquet, and the conflict between Stephano and Trinculo. He awakes Gonzalo and saves him and Alonso from being killed. He chastises Alonso, Antonio and Sebastian as ‘three men of sin’. He causes Prospero to change his intention of taking revenge to that of forgiving his enemies. He rejoices the approaching time of his freedom and Prospero’s promise.

Under the blossom that hangs on the bough.”

Caliban, on the other hand is a cowardly sub-human creature, “a freckl’d whelp, hag-born” not honoured with a human shape. He is all earth, a “thing of darkness”, a “dull thing”, “tortoise”, “poisonous slave”, “filth”, etc. Prospero teaches him language but he uses this language to curse Prospero.

“You taught me language and my profit on’t Is I know how to curse.”

In the beginning, Prospero seems to be kind to Caliban and teaches him how to name the “bigger light and how the less” and then Caliban loves him, shows him all the “qualities of the isle.” When Caliban is reduced to abject slavery by Prospero he begins to hate him. He bitterly realises that this island which was his is taken away by Prospero.

Caliban himself is confined in a hard rock and keeps away from the rest of the island after he tried to “violate the honour” of Miranda. However, he has no defence against the powerful magic of Prospero and has to make fire, fetch wood and serve in offices that profit his master. Prospero threatens him with dire punishment “side stitches that shalt pen thy breath up”, “urchins shall all exercise on thee” and “pinches as thick as honeycomb.” Caliban is therefore obliged to obey Prospero because he is aware of his magical power that would control his mother’s god Setebos.

Thus he too serves Prospero, but unwillingly. He longs to be free from him and this makes him conspire with Stephano against Prospero, his master. He curses Prospero and revels at having found a new master :

“A plague upon the tyrant that I serve!
I’ll hear him no more sticks, but follow thee Thou wondrous man”
He enjoys his drunken state and enjoys his new found freedom as he sings
“Ban,’ban Ca-Caliban
Has a new master-get a new man”

He has no means to kill Prospero-so deep- rooted is his hatred but he realises his mistake at the end when he says: ‘
“What a thrice double-ass
Was I to take this drunkard for a god,
And worship this dull fool!”

Caliban too gets his freedom and his island back in the end. Caliban is though a sub-human yet wins our sympathy. He is obscene, but an attractive character.

Question 4.
‘The fifth act sees the play moving smoothly to its expected closure’. Outline briefly but vividly the main events that take place in Act V.
Answer:
‘The Tempest’ is estimated as Shakespeare’s last complete work and is interpreted by many as his will and testament. Prospero is the matured spirit of Shakespeare- a peaceful soul, seasoned to human weaknesses.

In the last Act, Prospero’s project is nearly complete.

“Now does my project gather to ahead My charms crack not, my spirit obey and time Goes upright with his carriage.”

Ariel has tortured and tormented all the courtiers with his mirages, illusions and magical powers that they are almost out of their minds. With grief and fear, they are held in a state of complete handicap. Ariel is moved to gaiety and tells Prospero :

“… if you now behold them your affections would become tender”
Prospero is deeply moved by these words and he realises that
“Though with their high wrongs I am struck to th’ quick.
Yet with my nobler reason against my fury Do I take part. The rarer action is In virtue than in vengeance…”

He prepares to release the prisoners but before that he surrenders his magical art and his soliloquy allows us a glimpse of the depth of his art.

“To the dread rattling, thunder Have I given fire…
“Graves at my command
Have waked their sleepers, op’d and let’
em forth…
But this “rough magic” he now abjures;
“I’ll break my staff,
Bury it certain fathoms in the earth,
And deeper than did ever plummet sound I’ll drown my book”

When Ariel brings his enemies into his presence, Prospero at first addresses Gonzalo as an honorable man and forgives Alonso and Sebastian and even Antonio.

“that entertain’d ambition
Expell’d remorse and nature”

Prospero gets back his dukedom and restores Ferdinand to Alonso. When he draws back the curtain of his cave we see Alonso, Ferdinand and Miranda playing chess. Alonso, over-whelmed with joy, exclaims.

“If this prove
A vision of the island, one dear son Shall I twice lose.”
Miranda is struck with amazement at the sight of so many goodly creatures (human beings) —
“… O wonder!
How many goodly creatures are there here !
How beauteous mankind, is ! O brave new world that has such people in’t!”

With the marriage of Ferdinand and Miranda, Milan will be reunited with Naples. Everyone will find themselves “when no man was his own.”

The boatswain is brought before this gathering by Ariel and he reports that the ship is ‘tight and yare’ and ‘bravely rigg’d”. His report makes confirmation that “these are not natural events, they now strengthen from strange to stranger.”

Caliban and his companions are then dealt with amnesty, despite the fact that Caliban is a “demi devil” and plotted to kill Prospero. Caliban promises to be “wise hereafter” and “seek for grace.” He realises his foolishness and there is hope for his realization as well.

Prospero grants freedom to Ariel after he has brought the ships safely back to Naples. He promises to enlighten Alonso with his life’s story and experiences on this island and prepares to return to the old world of Milan.

Prospero finally bids farewell to his audience, asking their forgiveness for his faults, and appreciation for his efforts to please and amuse them in the end.

ISC Class 12 English Literature Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Hindi Previous Year Question Paper 2017 Solved for Class 12

Maximum Marks: 100
Time Allowed: Three Hours

(Candidates are allowed additional 15 minutes for only reading the paper.
They must NOT start writing during this time.) Answer questions 1, 2 and 3 in Section A and four other questions from Section B on at least three of the prescribed textbooks. The intended marks for questions or parts of questions are given in brackets [ ].

Section-A
Language (50 Marks)

प्रश्न 1.
Write a composition in approximately 400 words in Hindi on any ONE of the topics given below: [20]
किसी एक विषय पर निबन्ध लिखें जो 400 शब्दों से कम न हो:
(i) स्कूल के प्रधानाध्यापक का पद बहुत ही आदरणीय तथा जिम्मेदारी पूर्ण है। यदि वह पद आपको प्राप्त हो जाए, तो आप उस पद की जिम्मेदारियों को किस प्रकार पूरा करेंगे? विस्तार से लिखें।
(ii) समाज में फैली बुराइयों को दूर करने के लिए कड़े कानून की नहीं, बल्कि नैतिक मूल्यों को बढ़ावा देने की आवश्यकता है- विषय के पक्ष या विपक्ष में अपने विचार प्रस्तुत कीजिए।
(iii) पर्यटन एक बड़ा उद्योग बन गया है जिसके कारण सांस्कृतिक धरोहरें नष्ट हो रही हैं। इसके बचाव के लिए सुझाव दीजिए ताकि यह उद्योग फलता फूलता रहे। इस विषय के अन्तर्गत विस्तार से लिखें।
(iv) अनुशासित व्यक्ति सुखी और स्वस्थ जीवन जीता है। विवेचन कीजिए।
(v) मनुष्य अनुभव से बहुत कुछ सीखता है। कभी-कभी अनुभव कड़वा भी हो जाता है। क्या आपको कभी कोई कड़वा अनुभव हुआ है? उस अनुभव का वर्णन करते हुए लिखें, आपने उससे क्या सीखा? उसका विस्तृत वर्णन करें।
(vi) निम्नलिखित में से किसी एक पर मौलिक कहानी लिखिए:
(a) मन के हारे हार है मन के जीते जीत।
(b) एक ऐसी मौलिक कहानी लिखिए जिसका अन्तिम वाक्य हो:
काश! मैंने माँ की बात मानी होती।
यदि मैं प्रधानाध्यापक होता
उत्तर-
(i) इसमें कोई भी संदेह नहीं कि विद्यालय के प्रधानाध्यापक का पद बहुत ही आदरणीय और उत्तरदायित्वपूर्ण होता है। गंभीरता से सोचा जाए तो यह पद एक निर्माता का पद है जिसमें गरिमा का उत्कर्ष पाया जाता है। पूरा विद्यालय इस पद पर आसीन व्यक्ति की कार्यकुशलता, कर्मठता एवं दूरदर्शिता पर निर्भर करता है। विद्यालय के रूप, स्वरूप तथा गुणवत्ता में उसके प्रधानाचार्य की झलक दिखाई देती है। अच्छा शिक्षाशास्त्री व प्रशासक ही इस पद को सुशोभित कर सकने में समर्थ होता है। वह अपने आदर्श व्यक्तित्व द्वारा समूचे विद्यालय के परिवेश को गरिमा प्रदान करते हुए महिमामंडित करता है।

यदि मैं अपने विद्यालय के प्रधानाचार्य के पद पर स्वयं को रखकर देखता हूँ, तो मेरे मन व मस्तिष्क में कई कल्पनाएँ आती हैं। मैं सोचता हूँ कि यदि इस पद पर मैं स्वयं होता, तो क्या कुछ ऐसा करना चाहता, जो वर्तमान व्यवस्था में नहीं हो पा रहा। मैं यह भी सोचता हूँ कि कौन-सी ऐसी अव्यवस्थाएँ या अनियमितताएँ हैं, जिन्हें मैं अपने कार्यकाल में नहीं देखना चाहता।

विद्यालय का अस्तित्व मूलतः विद्यार्थियों के आगमन की प्रवृत्ति पर आधारित होता है। मेरे भैया बताया करते हैं कि जब वे इसी विद्यालय में पढ़ा करते थे, तब इसमें आठ सौ से भी ऊपर संख्या में विद्यार्थी पढ़ते थे। आज यह संख्या घटकर पाँच सौ के आसपास रह गई है। मैं सबसे पहले यह संख्या सम्मानजनक स्तर तक पहुँचाना चाहूँगा। इसके लिए विद्यालय की व्यवस्था को आकर्षक बनाया जाएगा तथा विद्यालय भवन की मरम्मत कराई जाएगी।

हमारे विद्यालय में खुले उद्यान जो बेकार पड़े हैं, उन्हें विभिन्न प्रकार के पौधों व फूलों से सुशोभित करूँगा। गरमियों के दिनों में जल की आपूर्ति प्रायः ठप रहती है। बच्चों को ठंडा पानी तो दूर की बात, गरम पानी भी उपलब्ध नहीं होता। मैं विद्यालय में पानी तथा बिजली का उचित प्रबंध करवाऊँगा।

विद्यालय का स्वरूप गुणात्मक बनाने के लिए तीन स्तरों पर परिश्रम व दूरदृष्टि की आवश्यकता होती है-पढ़ाई, खेलकूद तथा सांस्कृतिक पहलू। मैं ऐसे शिक्षकों की नियुक्ति करना चाहूँगा, जो विद्यार्थियों को शिक्षित करने के लिए पूर्णतः प्रशिक्षित हों। वर्तमान अध्यापकों को प्रेरित करूँगा कि वे मन लगाकर विद्यार्थियों के पाठ्यक्रम को सहज व सरल ढंग से समझाएँ। खेलकूद के लिए अलग-अलग खेलों के लिए प्रशिक्षक रखे जाएंगे। खेलों का सामान भी खरीदा जाएगा। क्रीडा क्षेत्र को समतल बनाकर अभ्यास करवाया जाएगा। सांस्कृतिक कार्यक्रमों को बढ़ावा देने के लिए कोई श्रेष्ठ, कुशल व निष्ठावान अध्यापक प्रभारी बनाया जाएगा, ताकि विद्यालय पढ़ाई और खेल के साथ-साथ सांस्कृतिक क्षेत्र में भी आगे बढ़े।

मैं पुस्तकालय को समृद्ध करूँगा और वहाँ कंप्यूटर-प्रणाली लागू करूँगा, ताकि विद्यालय तकनीकी क्षेत्र में पिछड़ा न रहे। मेधावी परंतु गरीब विद्यार्थियों, खिलाड़ियों तथा कलाकारों को प्रोत्साहित करने के लिए आर्थिक, पुस्तकीय व छात्रवृत्ति के रूप में सहायता दी जाएगी। इससे उनकी प्रतिभा में चार चाँद लगेंगे।

विद्यार्थियों को चिकित्सा संबंधी प्राथमिक सहायता देने के लिए प्राथमिक चिकित्सा की उचित व्यवस्था की जाएगी। प्राकृतिक चिकित्सा व व्यायाम के लिए रखे गए अध्यापक को प्रेरित करके इस क्षेत्र की गतिविधियाँ पुनः चालू करवाऊँगा। प्रयोगशालाओं का स्वरूप भी सुधारूँगा ताकि विज्ञान के विद्यार्थी हीन-भावना का अनुभव न करें। इन कार्यों को करने के बाद मेरा विश्वास है कि हमारा विद्यालय नगर के ही नहीं, बल्कि प्रांत के श्रेष्ठ विद्यालयों की सूची में अपना नाम लिखवा सकेगा।

नैतिक मूल्यों की प्रासंगिकता-

(ii) मनुष्य एक सामाजिक प्राणी है। वह समाज का निर्माण करने वाली एक अनिवार्य एवं महत्त्वपूर्ण इकाई है। उसी पर समाज का स्वरूप निर्भर करता है। उसके सत् तथा असत् व्यक्तित्व का समाज पर सीधा प्रभाव पड़ता है। आज प्रायः कहा जाता है कि हमारा समाज तरह-तरह की बुराइयों में जकड़ता जा रहा है। समाजविद् कहते हैं कि समाज में फैली बुराइयों को दूर करने के लिए कड़े कानून की नहीं, बल्कि नैतिक मूल्यों की आवश्यकता है।

आज व्यक्ति परिवार, समाज, राष्ट्र तथा विश्व स्तर पर विभिन्न क्षेत्रों में नैतिक शिक्षा की आवश्यकता अनुभव की जा रही है। नैतिकता के गिरते स्तर के कारण प्रायः प्रत्येक क्षेत्र में अव्यवस्था अथवा भ्रष्टाचार फैला हुआ है। यदि व्यक्ति के स्तर पर नैतिक मूल्यों को अपनाया जाए तो समाज तथा राष्ट्र में आदर्श चरित्र एवं भ्रष्टाचार रहित जीवन का निर्माण संभव है।

‘नैतिक’ शब्द के कोशगत अर्थ हैं- नीति संबंधी, आध्यात्मिक तथा समाज विहित। ये तीनों अर्थ शील, आचार अथवा आचरण को केंद्र में रखकर किए गए हैं। नैतिकता का संबंध भौतिक तथा आध्यात्मिक दोनों क्षेत्रों से है। समाज में रहते हुए मानव को अनेकानेक नीतियों का पालन करना होता है। मानव के श्रेष्ठ गुण व नैतिकता एक दूसरे पर निर्भर हैं। बिना श्रेष्ठ गुणों के नैतिकता नहीं और बिना नैतिकता के श्रेष्ठ गुण नहीं आ सकते। नैतिकता ही मनुष्य को सदाचार के निकट और भ्रष्टाचार से दूर ले जाती है।

महापुरुषों तथा दिव्यात्माओं ने अपने आदर्श और आचरण द्वारा इस विश्व को विलासिता तथा अनैतिकता के कीचड़ से निकाला। महान चरित्र सदैव अनुकरणीय होते हैं, चाहे वे यूनान के सुकरात हों या भारत के स्वामी दयानंद, विवेकानंद जैसे महापुरुष हों। हमारे यहाँ वैदिक युग से ही नैतिक शिक्षा पर बल दिया जा रहा है। आज शासन, प्रशासन तथा ज्ञान-क्षेत्रों में अनैतिकता के कारण ही भ्रष्टाचार का दानव अपनी आकृति व शक्ति बढ़ा रहा है। मन को स्थिर, सुदृढ़ तथा न्यायसंगत बनाने के लिए शुद्ध आचार की आवश्यकता है। पशु-स्तर से ऊँचा उठने की कसौटी नौतिकता है। ऋषियों-मुनियों ने आचरण, त्याग और उच्चाशय को जनमानस में रखकर मानवता के उद्धार का प्रयास किया।

अर्थ-प्रणाली के कारण व्यक्ति को नैतिक पतन हुआ है। आज मनुष्य सिद्धियों के पीछे भाग रहा है। वह अपनी उच्च संस्कृति की श्रेष्ठ साधनाओं को भूलता जा रहा है। मन की चंचलता, लोभ, उद्विग्नता, आशाभंग, दुविधा, पलायन आदि मनुष्य को भ्रष्टाचार की ओर ले जा रहे हैं। वैदिक शिक्षा में धर्म, अर्थ, काम और मोक्ष नामक चार फल मानव को सन्मार्ग पर अग्रसर करने के लिए स्वीकार किए गए हैं। आज का मानव केवल अर्थ और काम के पीछे अंधा हो रहा है। उसे अर्थ या पैसा चाहिए और पैसे से वह काम अर्थात् भ्रष्ट आचरण की ओर बढ़ता है।

यह एक सर्वविदित तथ्य है कि माता-पिता से ही बच्चे शुद्ध-अशुद्ध आचरण सीखते हैं। परिवेश को शुद्ध करने से नैतिक बल बढ़ेगा और भ्रष्टाचार का अंत हो सकेगा। परिवार में भाई-भाई; भाई-बहन, बहन-बहन तथा अन्य संबंधों में शुद्ध आदर्श अपनाने से समाज शुद्ध होगा।

सामाजिक स्तर पर नैतिक शिक्षा का महत्त्व और भी अधिक है। लोक-व्यवहार को जाति, वर्ग व वर्ण के संघर्ष आदि से मुक्त बनाया जाए। लोक-व्यवहार में परस्पर सहयोग, परोपकार, सहायता व सहनशीलता को महत्त्व देना होगा। किसी की भौतिक उन्नति को देखकर प्रतियोगिता का भाव होना चाहिए। जैसे-तैसे धन प्राप्ति या सुख ग्रहण करने के अनैतिक मार्ग नहीं अपनाने चाहिए। नियमबद्ध नैतिकतापूर्ण जीवन ही श्रेष्ठ जीवन होता है। जो लोग सुगम मार्गों को अपनाकर ऊपर उठना चाहते हैं, वे ही भ्रष्टाचार को जन्म देते हैं। शासन-व्यवस्था में तभी नैतिकता आएगी यदि मतदाता अपना सही दायित्व समझेंगे तथा नैतिक आचरण वाले नेता का चुनाव करेंगे। नैतिक मूल्य अपनाने से भ्रष्ट नेता दूर हटेंगे। हमें यह सोचना है कि धन की प्राप्ति की अपेक्षा धन की शुद्ध प्राप्ति कहीं अधिक महत्त्व रखती है। नीच व भ्रष्ट कर्मों से प्राप्त किया गया धन मनुष्य को भ्रष्ट बनाता है। तभी तो कहा गया है कि ‘जैसा अन्न, वैसा मन’। अतः हमें स्वयं से नैतिकता का पाठ आरंभ करना चाहिए ताकि हम शुद्ध एवं आदर्श समाज की संरचना कर सकें।

पर्यटन तथा सांस्कृतिक संरक्षण –

(iii) मानव जीवन दिन प्रतिदिन जटिल से जटिलतर होता जा रहा है। आज के वैज्ञानिक युग में हम स्वयं एक निर्जीव मशीन बनते जा रहे हैं। इकरसता के इस जीवन को तोड़ने के लिए कई प्रकार के मनोरंजन के साधन सुझाए जाते हैं। घर-परिवार की आकांक्षा और अपनी इकरसता को दूर करने के लिए पर्यटन को एक उत्तम व कारगर साधन माना जाता है।

पर्यटन से जहाँ हम अपने जीवन की इकरसता से पार पाते हैं वहीं जानकारियों का एक महत्त्वपूर्ण खज़ाना भी पा जाते हैं। हम अपने इतिहास, धर्म, रीति-रिवाज़, रहन-सहन आदि से जुड़े विभिन्न ज्ञान के धरातलों पर खड़े होकर अपना अतीत तथा वर्तमान समझने में सक्षम होते हैं। हमारी विभिन्न जिज्ञासाओं को उत्तर भी इसी पर्यटन से प्राप्त होता है।

आजकल पर्यटन एक उद्योग बनता जा रहा है। देश-देशांतर के स्मारकों, स्थलों आदि को आधार बनाकर देश-विदेश में भ्रमण को बढ़ावा मिलने लगा है। सांस्कृतिक धरोहरों को केंद्र में रखकर व्यवसाय होने लगा है। इससे सांस्कृतिक धरोहर तथा स्मारक क्षतिग्रस्त होने लगे हैं।

आज की भागम-भाग भरी दिनचर्या हमें पर्यटन के लिए भी प्रेरित करती है। मानव अपने परिवेश से हटकर दूर-दराज़ के सौंदर्य, पर्यावरण तथा संस्कृति का ज्ञान प्राप्त करने के लिए उत्सुक रहा करता है। विभिन्न जीवन-पद्धतियों के अध्ययन में, विभिन्न देशों के भ्रमण में, नाना प्रकार के प्राकृतिक दृश्यों को देखने में, नई-नई जीवन-शैलियाँ देखने में तथा ऐतिहासिक सांस्कृतिक-धार्मिक स्थलों को देखने में उसे विशेष उत्साह, आनंद तथा ज्ञान की प्राप्ति होती है। यद्यपि किसी स्थान की जानकारी दृश्य माध्यमों से भी प्राप्त की जा सकती है, पर साक्षात् दर्शन का तो आनंद ही अनूठा है। केवल चित्र देखकर हम हिमालय की हिममंडित शिखरों के सौंदर्य से अभिभूत नहीं हो सकते। यह अनुभव तो इन स्थानों के भ्रमण या दर्शन द्वारा ही प्राप्त किया जा सकता है। पर्यटन व्यक्ति के विचारों को उदार, दृष्टिकोण को विस्तृत तथा हृदय को विशाल बनाता है। किसी क्षेत्र में रहने वाले व्यक्तियों की भाषा धर्म, संस्कृति, जीवन-दर्शन तथा आचार-विचार में कौन-कौन सी विशेषताएँ हैं? कौन-कौन-सी अच्छाइयाँ हैं- यह केवल देशाटन द्वारा ही जाना जा सकता है।

पर्यटन या देशाटन द्वारा ज्ञान-प्राप्ति तो होती ही है, इसके अतिरिक्त मनोरंजन तथा स्वास्थ्य-लाभ भी मिलता है। यही कारण है कि विशेष दशाओं में चिकित्सक रोगियों को पर्वतीय स्थानों पर ले जाने का परामर्श देते हैं। देशाटन से जलवायु परिवर्तन हो जाता है जिससे शरीर में नए उत्साह तथा स्फूर्ति का संचार होता है।

प्राचीन काल में पर्यटन या देशाटन के लिए इतनी सुविधाएँ उपलब्ध नहीं थीं जितनी की आज हैं। आजकल एक स्थान से दूसरे स्थान तक आना-जाना अत्यंत सुगम तथा सरल हो गया है। विभिन्न देशों की सरकारें पर्यटन या देशाटन को बढ़ाने के लिए पर्यटकों को अनेक प्रकार की सुविधाएँ तथा रियायतें देती हैं। विभिन्न देशों तथा स्थानों के संबंध में विस्तृत जानकारी भी पहले से उपलब्ध रहती है।

अतः यह स्पष्ट है कि देशाटन केवल राष्ट्रीय एकता दृढ़ करने में ही नहीं, अंतर्राष्ट्रीय सद्भाव, मैत्री तथा सहयोग बढ़ाने में भी महत्त्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाता है। पर्यटन’ आजकल एक व्यवसाय के रूप में फल-फूल रहा है परन्तु इसके कुप्रभावों को देखने की भी आवश्यकता है। आज के पर्यटन व्यवसायी सांस्कृतिक स्मारकों की देखभाल की ओर तनिक भी ध्यान नहीं देते। वे अपने कारोबार की चकाचौंध बढ़ा रहे हैं। सांस्कृतिक धरोहरों को तरह-तरह से हानि पहुँचाई जा रही है। व्यक्ति, समाज तथा देश के स्तर पर इस ओर ध्यान देने की आवश्यकता है। प्रदूषण तथा भू-दृश्य का विगड़ना सबसे बड़ा खतरा है। पर्यटक प्रायः इन पर्यटन स्थलों पर भरपूर गंदगी छोड़कर अपनी राह पकड़ लेते हैं। धरोहरों की दीवारों व स्तम्भों पर अपना नाम लिख देते हैं या गोद-गोदकर स्मारकों को क्षतिग्रस्त कर जाते हैं। अतः हमें प्रतिज्ञा करनी चाहिए कि इन सांस्कृतिक धरोहरों को पर्यटन या व्यवसाय बनाने के साथ-साथ इनकी साज-संभाल की भी चिंता करेंगे।

अनुशासन का महत्त्व-

(iv) यह विचार अक्षरशः सत्य है कि अनुशासित व्यक्ति ही सुखी और स्वस्थ जीवन जीता है। अनुशासन का सामान्य अर्थ है व्यवस्था या आज्ञा के अनुसार चलना। यह शब्द अनु + शासन के योग से बना है। ‘अनु’ का अर्थ है पीछे या अनुसार और ‘शासन’ का अर्थ आज्ञा या व्यवस्था होता है। अतः अनुशासन का अर्थ वश में रखना, व्यवस्था का पालन करना तथा नियमों का अनुसरण करना आदि के रूप में ग्रहण किया जाता है। सभ्यता के विकास के साथ मानव ने अपने उत्कर्ष के लिए अनेक प्रकार के नियम तथा विधि-निषेध बनाए और प्रचारित किए। मानव जानता था कि बिना नियमबद्धता के कुछ भी निर्माण या विकास संभव नहीं। पूरी प्रकृति अर्थात् पृथ्वी, चंद्र, सूर्य आदि नियमों में बंधे हैं। यदि सूर्य मनमानी करने लगे तो रात-दिन का विधान ही बदल जाएगा। ऋतु परिवर्तन भी विधान के अनुसार ही क्रियाशील होता है। यह नियमबद्ध व्यवहार ही अनुशासन है। मानव की सभी क्रियाएँ अनुशासित रहती हैं, जैसे सोना, जागना, नित्य-कर्म, खाना-पीना, काम करना, मनोरंजन आदि।

अनुशासन सिद्धांत के साथ-साथ व्यवहार भी है। जब तक व्यवहार में न लाया जाए, तब तक अनुशासन के सिद्धांत निष्फल हैं। इन सिद्धांतों को व्यवहार में लाने की सर्वोत्तम अवस्था विद्यार्थी जीवन ही है। इसका मुख्य कारण यह है कि इस काल में शैशव की प्रवृत्तियाँ अभी पत्थर की लकीर नहीं बनी होती हैं। यह काल उस शिशु वृक्ष की शाखाओं की तरह होता है, जिन्हें मनचाही दिशा में मोड़ा जा सकता है। पूर्ण विकसित प्रवृत्तियाँ या आदतें कभी नहीं बदलतीं। कवि बिहारी ने कहा भी है-“कोटि जतन कोऊ करै, परें न प्रकृतिहिं बीच।” अर्थात् स्वभाव या प्रकृति पक जाने पर उसे बदलना दुष्कर है। जैसे प्रौढ़ हो चुके वृक्ष की शाखाओं को मोड़ने का प्रयास करें, तो वे टूट भले ही जाएँ परंतु मुड़ेंगी नहीं। विद्यार्थी को अनुशासन का व्यवहार सबसे पहले घर से प्राप्त होता है। घर में समय पर जागना, खाना-पीना, पढ़ना, खेलना, मनोरंजन करना, सोना, गृहकार्य करना आदि अनुशासन का व्यावहारिक रूप है।

विद्वानों ने अनुशासन को दो प्रकार का स्वीकार किया है। पहला अनुशासन है- ‘स्व-अनुशासन’ अर्थात् स्वयं को बिना किसी दबाव के नियमबद्ध करना। संतों व योगियों ने इसे अत्यंत महत्त्वपूर्ण माना है क्योंकि इसमें संयम, इंद्रिय-निग्रह, ध्यान आदि आते हैं जिनका संबंध भीतरी संकल्प से है। अनुशासन का दूसरा प्रकार बहिरंग अनुशासन का है जिसे विभिन्न क्षेत्रों में व्यवस्था के भय के अधीन रहकर अपनाते हैं. समय पर तैयार होना, बस पकड़ना, विद्यालय पहुँचना, कक्षा में जाना आदि बहिरंग अनुशासन हैं। ध्यान केंद्रित करके अध्ययन करना, मनन करना, सकारात्मक मूल्यों व ज्ञान को आत्मसात करना आत्मानुशासन है। विद्यार्थी के लिए ये दोनों अनुशासन महत्त्वपूर्ण हैं।

आजकल विद्यार्थी-वर्ग में अनुशासनहीनता बढ़ रही है। इसका कारण बदलता हुआ परिवेश तथा नवीन जीवन मूल्यों का अनुकरण है। पाश्चात्य संस्कृति तथा दूरदर्शन के विदेशी चैनलों ने हमारे विद्यार्थी को भ्रमित करना आरंभ कर दिया है। आज का विद्यार्थी परंपरागत भारतीय आदर्शों व अतीत के श्रेष्ठ मूल्यों को भूलता जा रहा है। वह अपनी संस्कृति से उखड़ता जा रहा है। पाश्चात्य का अनुकरण उसे भ्रष्ट व अनुशासनहीन बना रहा है। यही कारण है कि आज के युवावर्ग में अराजकता बढ़ रही है। संतोष मिट रहा है। सहनशीलता व धैर्य जैसे गुण क्षीण होते जा रहे हैं।

अनुशासनहीनता का दूसरा बड़ा कारण हमारी दूषित शिक्षा पद्धति है। शिक्षा एक व्यवसाय बन गई है, जिसमें पैसा कमाना मुख्य लक्ष्य है। अध्यापक अपने विद्यार्थी को जीविका का माध्यम समझने लगे हैं। अत: वे अपने विद्यार्थी को श्रेष्ठ बनाने का दायित्व नहीं निभाते। तीसरा मुख्य कारण हमारे कुछ भ्रष्ट नेता हैं जो विद्यार्थियों का दुरुपयोग करते हैं। वे उनका मनमाने ढंग से उपयोग व शोषण करते हैं। वे अपने-अपने दल के प्रति विद्यार्थियों की रुचि को जैसे- तैसे मोड़ना चाहते हैं। इसके लिए वे उकसाने व भड़काने का काम करने से भी नहीं चूकते। जब राजनेता ही तोड़-फोड़ की राजनीति सिखाने लगे, तो विद्यार्थी का अनुशासनहीन हो जाना स्वाभाविक है।

मेरे जीवन का एक कटु अनुभव-

(v) मानव अनुभव से बहुत कुछ सीखता है। इसीलिए अनुभव को पुस्तकीय ज्ञान से ऊपर माना जाता है। हमारे जीवन में मधुर-कटु- दोनों प्रकार के अनुभव पाए जाते हैं। कभी-कभी हमारा अनुभव इतना कड़वा हो जाता है कि हम स्वयं अपने ऊपर हँसते हैं। ऐसा ही एक कटु अनुभव मेरे जीवन में भी हुआ है।

जून महीने के दूसरे रविवार की बात है। हम सभी परिजन अपने घर में छुट्टी का आनंद ले रहे थे। बड़े भैया भाभी और उनका आठ मास का शिशु करण भी हमारे बीच थे। वे कल रात ही आए थे ताकि रविवार का आनंद लिया जा सके। प्रातः के नौ बजने वाले थे। हम सभी चने पूरियाँ खाकर गप्पें हाँक रहे थे कि तभी टांडा से हमारे मामा जी का फ़ोन आ गया। फोन पिता जी ने ही सुना। सुनते ही वे गंभीर हो गए। फिर हमारे पास आकर कहने लगे कि उन्हें अभी टांडा जाना होगा। हम डर गए कि कहीं कोई अनहोनी तो नहीं घट गई। तभी उन्होंने विस्तार सहित बताया जिसका सार यह था कि सपना दीदी के लिए कोई वर देखने अभी जाना होगा। लड़का अच्छा है। वह बंगलूरू से आया तो किसी अन्य कन्या को देखने के लिए था परंतु कन्या ने उसे नापसंद कर डाला। अतः वह कोई और कन्या देखकर ही जाना चाहता है। उसके पास केवल तीन बजे तक का समय है। तीन बीस पर उसकी गाड़ी छूट जाएगी।

भैया ने कहा कि यह तो शुभ समाचार है। उनके पास जीप है। एक घंटे में ही टांडा पहुँच जाएँगे। सुनते ही सभी तैयारी करने लगे। सपना ब्यूटी क्लिनिक जाने का हठ कर बैठी तो भैया पहले उसे छोड़ने चले गए।

ग्यारह बजे सभी तैयार खड़े थे। भैया सपना को लेकर ग्यारह बीस पर आए तो हम सभी जीप में सवार होकर टांडा की ओर चल पड़े। गलियाँ पार करते ही भैया ने घड़ी देखकर कहा कि हम लोग साढ़े बारह बजे तक अवश्य पहुँच जाएँगे। अभी भोगपुर से थोड़ा आगे निकले थे कि जीप रोकनी पड़ी। मैं पीछे बैठा करण के साथ अठखेलियाँ कर रहा था। मैंने पूछा तो भैया बोले आगे भारी जाम-सा लगा दिखाई दे रहा है। मैंने करण भाभी की गोद में डाला और नीचे उतर गया। इधर-उधर पूछा तो यही उत्तर मिला कि आगे रास्ता जाम है। कारण किसी को पता न था।

मैं आगे बढ़ा। लगभग एक किलोमीटर पैदल चलने के बाद पता चला कि परसों की भारी बरसात में पुल बह गया है। दोनों ओर आर-पार जाने के लिए पैदल चलना पड़ेगा। इधर की बसें उधर की बसों को अपनी सवारी दे रही हैं और उधर की बसें इधर की बसों को। निजी वाहन या तो लौट जाते हैं। या फिर रास्ता खुलने की प्रतीक्षा में हैं। मैंने काम पर लगे विशाल श्रमिक-समूह में से एक से पूछा कि कब तक रास्ता खुल सकेगा। इस पर वह बोला कि कल तक तो खुल ही जाएगा। शाम तक भी खुल सकता है।

मैं यह अप्रिय समाचार लेकर जीप की ओर उदास मन व ढीले कदमों से लौटने लगा। समाचार सुनकर भैया ने कहा कि वे मामा जी को फोन कर देते हैं कि विवशता में लौटना पड़ रहा है। फोन पर मामाजी ने कहा कि लड़का हाथ से निकल सकता है। ऐसा वर शायद फिर सपना के लिए सपना ही हो जाए। अतः हम लोग जैसे-तैसे सपना को जरूर पहुँचवाएँ, भले ही बस द्वारा।

गीली कच्ची मिट्टी, कीचड़, रेत और पत्थरों से जूझते हुए हम लोग पैदल ही खड्ड के पार की ओर चलने लगे। जीप एक सरदार जी के मकान के आगे खड़ी कर दी थी। खड्ड पार करने में हमारे पसीने छूट गए। सभी के पास सामान था। भाभी के पास करण था। चार कदम चलकर ही प्यास लग जाती। पानी की बोतलें, करण के दूध की बोतल और फल आदि सब पिछले एक घंटे में समाप्त हो चुका था। खड्ड के पार जाकर हम उधर टांडा की ओर लौटने वाली बस की प्रतीक्षा करने लगे। कड़कती धूप, खड्ड का पानी। दूर तक छायादार पेड़ तो थे परंतु वे सब बरसात में बह गए थे। करण चीखने-चिल्लाने लग गया। एक भली स्त्री ने उसके लिए कुछ बिस्कुट दिए तो वह थोड़ी देर के लिए शांत हुआ।

खचाखच भरी बस में सवार होना हिमालय पर चढ़ने के समान था। फिर भी हमने हिम्मत न हारी। जैसे-तैसे अपने आपको ढूंस-ठासकर टांडा पहुँचे। सभी बदहवास थे। उतरते ही पानी पीया। तभी एक बड़ी कार का ड्राइवर हमारे पास आया और गौर से देखकर पूछने लगा

“जालंधर से आए हैं। भैया ने कहा-” जी, हाँ।” उसने कहा – ” चलिए, साहब ने गाड़ी भेजी है।”

कार में सवार होकर मानो हम धन्य हो गए। कार चलती गई। तभी मैंने भैया से पूछा-

“कितना लम्बा रास्ता है?” भैया बोले- “आराम से बैठो, घर जाकर पूछना जो भी पूछना है।”

हमारे होश तब गुम हुए जब कार एक अज्ञात भवन के आगे रुकी और ड्राइवर बोला-“लीजिए, आ गया कटारिया साहब का महल।’ हमने स्वयं को ठगा-सा महसूस किया। वह मामा जी का नहीं, किसी और का घर था। बिना पूछे कार में बैठना हम सभी शिक्षितों को मूर्ख सिद्ध कर गया। उस दिन के बाद हम फूंक-फूंककर कदम रखने लगे।

मन के हारे हार है मन के जीते जीत।-

(vi) (a) किसी देश में अमरसेन नाम का एक राजा था। वह बहुत वीर और प्रजा का हित चाहने वाला था। उसकी प्रजा भी उसे बहुत चाहती थी।

एक बार किसी बात से नाराज़ होकर उसके पड़ोसी राजा ने उस पर आक्रमण कर दिया। राजा अमरसेन अपनी सेना के साथ बहुत वीरता से लड़ा परंतु भाग्य ने उसका साथ न दिया। युद्ध में उसकी पराजय हुई। उसके बहुत से सैनिक मारे गए। शत्रु के सैनिक उसे जीवित पकड़ना चाहते थे पर वह किसी तरह युद्धभूमि से बचकर वहाँ से भाग निकला।

शत्रु से बचता-बचाता वह एक जंगल में जा पहुँचा। वह छिपकर एक गुफ़ा में रहने लगा। गुफ़ा में रहते-रहते उसे अपने परिवार व देश की बहुत याद आती था। वह किसी तरह अपना खोया राज्य पुनः पाना चाहता था, परंतु उसे कोई उपाय सूझ नहीं रहा था। वह मन हारकर बैठ गया। एक दिन वह गुफ़ा में बैठा कुछ सोच रहा था, तभी उसकी दृष्टि एक मकड़ी पर पड़ी। वह दीवार पर चढ़ने का प्रयास कर रही थी। राजा ने देखा मकड़ी ऊँचाई पर चढ़ती और फिसलकर नीचे गिर पड़ती। मकड़ी ने अनेक बार प्रयत्न किए। हर बार मकड़ी जब नीचे गिर जाती तो अमरसेन को उस पर दया आ जाती।

वह सोचने लगा कि बहुत हो चुका अब शायद मकड़ी की हिम्मत ने जवाब दे दिया है। अब वह दीवार पर चढ़ने की कोशिश नहीं करेगी। पर वह यह देखकर हैरान रह गया कि मकड़ी ने फिर से हिम्मत जुटाई और इस बार दीवार पर चढ़ने में सफल हो गई। यह देखकर अमरसेन को सुखद आश्चर्य हुआ। इस घटना ने उस पर गहरा प्रभाव डाला। उसका खोया हुआ विश्वास फिर से जाग उठा। उसने सोचा, जब एक मकड़ी बार-बार गिरने पर भी कोशिश कर दीवार पर चढ़ सकती है, तो भला मैं अपने शत्रुओं को क्यों नहीं हरा सकता।

राजा अमरसेन की आँखों में आशा की चमक आ गई। उसने नए जोश एवं साहस के साथ अपनी सेना तैयार की और शत्रु पर धावा बोल दिया। शत्रु अचानक हुए इस हमले के लिए तैयार नहीं था। शत्रु की हार हुई अमरसेन को अपना राज्य फिर से मिल गया। किसी ने ठीक कहा है-

“मन के हारे हार है मन के जीते जीत।”

काश! मैंने माँ की बात मानी होती-

(b) यह उन दिनों की बात है जब हमने अपने जर्जर-से मकान को छोड़कर एक नवनिर्मित कालोनी में किराए का घर लिया था। घर के सामान को विधिवत् रूप से बाँधा जाने लगा। रविवार को नए घर में जाना तय हुआ।

पिताजी कल शाम ही एस्टेट एजेंट से कोठी की चाबियाँ ले आए थे। प्रात:काल ट्रक और लदानकर्मी आने वाले थे। मैंने मम्मी के साथ सूर्योदय से पूर्व ही उठकर दोपहर का भोजन पकाकर पूरी रसोई समेट दी थी। इतने में ट्रक वाले आए और सामान लदने लगे।

सामान लदने लगा तो पापा ने हमें चाबियाँ देकर कहा कि वह लोग ऑटोरिक्शा में जाकर घर को खोलें और झाड़ लगा दें। वे ट्रक के साथ आएंगे। हमें जैसे इसी आदेश की प्रतीक्षा थी। मेरे भैया तो नाच ही उठे। वे तुरंत एक ऑटोरिक्शा ले आए और हम उस पर दुपहर का टिफिन लिए सवार हो गए। हमें मानो पंख लग गए थे और हम उड़ रहे थे।

टैगोर पार्क, कोठी नं: 32। वाह! क्या भव्य कोठी है। हमने ऑटो वाले को किराया दिया और अंदर जाने लगे। परन्तु यह क्या, चाबी तो लग ही नहीं रही। बहुत प्रयास किया। मम्मी ने भी ज़ोर लगाया। कोई अंतर नहीं आया। तभी पड़ोसन दिखाई दी। उसने पूछा हम लोग कौन हैं? जब उसे पूरा मामला समझाया गया तो वह बोली-वे लोग भी हमारे पास चाबियों का गुच्छा दे गये थे। आप ट्राई कर लो। हो सकता है कि दलाल ने आपको किसी और कोठी की चाबियाँ भूल कर दे दी हों।”

हम पड़ोसिन द्वारा दी गई चाबियों को लगाते गए और हमारे सामने गेट, मुख्य द्वार, शयनकक्ष आदि सब खुलते गये। वाह! कितनी करीने से बनी कोठी है। इतने कमरे ! पापा ने तो उन लोगों को ठग ही लिया। दो हजार में तो दो कमरों का मकान नहीं मिलता और यहाँ तीन शयनकक्ष, एक बैठक, एक बड़ी लॉबी, स्टोर, पोर्च और गैरेज थे।

हम अपने उत्साह के चरम पर थे। झाड़ लगाकर पूरे घर को पानी और फेनायल से धो दिया। पंखे छोड़ दिये ताकि फर्श सूख जाए। तब खिड़कियों दरवाजों में जाले पोंछने लगे। मैं मम्मी से बार-बार कोठी की और पापा की प्रशंसा कर रही थी। पापा ने सूझबूझ से ऐसा मकान खोजा था। जिसके मालिक अपार धनपति होंगे-तभी तो इतने पंखे, टयूब लाईट, पानी की मोटर-सब लगे लगाए छोड़ गए थे। कोई और होता तो सब कुछ निकाल कर ले जाता।

पापा नहीं आए। दुपहर हो आई। ट्रक नहीं आया। हम थक गये थे। ट्रक की प्रतीक्षा में बाहर गेट पर आ गए। ट्रक का कोई अता-पता नहीं था। हमारे कपड़े मज़दूरों जैसे मटियाहे और गंदे हो चुके थे। पापा की कोई खोज-खबर न थी। मम्मी के चेहरे पर चिंता की रेखाएँ उभर रही थीं। साफ़-सफ़ाई में हम भूल ही गएं थे कि ट्रक को यहाँ पहुँचने में दो घंटे से अधिक समय नहीं लगना चाहिए। हम तो पंद्रह मिनट में आ गए थे परन्तु बड़ी गाड़ियाँ बाई पास से होकर मुख्य मार्ग से इस कलोनी की ओर आ सकती हैं। फिर भी दो घंटे बहुत थे। यहाँ तो दुपहर भी बीत रही थी।

इस बीच पड़ोसन चाय, समोसे और घर के बने पकौड़े ले आई। हमें भूख लग आई थी। हमने चाय तो नहीं पी, परन्तु पकौड़े भरपेट खाए। मम्मी ने केवल चाय ली। वे घबरा रही थी। पड़ोसिन ने सांत्वना के स्वर में कहा-: आखिर मशीनरी है, खराब भी पड़ सकती है। पुलिस कुत्तों जैसे सूंघती रहती है… क्या पता उसी ने तलाशी के बहाने रोक लिया हो।”

मम्मी ने इतना कहा- “मैं न कहती थी कि घर बदलने से पहले मोबाइल ले लो। पर तुम मेरी सुनती ही नहीं हो। आज पास में मोबाइल होता तो झट से पता कर लेती।”

तभी मेरे मस्तिष्क में एक युक्ति सूझी। मम्मी के पर्स में पापा का दिया कार्ड था। एस्टेट एजेंट का फोन व पता उसी कार्ड पर था। मैंने कार्ड देखा तो पता पास ही का था। मैं अपने भाई के साथ उधर निकल पड़ी। मम्मी में चलने की शक्ति नहीं थी।

एस्टेट एजेंट ने सारी कथा सुनकर हँसना शुरू कर दिया। मैं हैरान थी कि यह कैसा दलाल है जो अपने ग्राहक की मुसीबत में भी खिल्ली उड़ा रहा था। तभी उसने संयत होकर कहा-“गुड़िया रानी! आपको टैगोर नगर जाना था और आप आ गए टैगोर पार्क में। आपका ट्रक वहीं पहुँचा होगा। वह कॉलोनी शहर के पश्चिमी छोर पर है। जल्दी जाइए, आपका तो जून में भी अप्रैल फूल बन गया।” हम वहाँ से ऑटो करके टैगोर नगर की ओर चल निकले। उस घटना को सुनाकर हम आज भी अपने परिचितों का मनोरंजन करते हैं। काश! हमने माँ की बात मानकर मोबाइल लिया होता।

प्रश्न 2.
Read the passage given below carefully and answer in Hindi the questions that follow, using your own words:
निम्नलिखित अवतरण को पढ़कर, अन्त में दिए गए प्रश्नों के उत्तर अपने शब्दों में लिखिए:-

ज्ञान-प्राप्ति के अनन्तर महात्मा बुद्ध ने अपना उपदेश सारनाथ में दिया। उसमें उन्होंने कहा-“जीवन के दो मार्ग हैं। एक मार्ग पर चलकर लोग सुख-साधनों को जुटाते हैं और भोगों से लिपटे रहते हैं। यह जीवन को सुखी नहीं बनाता। दूसरा मार्ग त्याग का है, तपस्या का है। इस पर चलकर लोग शरीर को कठोर यातनाएँ देकर भी अपने-आपको सुखी नहीं बना पाते। अतः ज्ञान-प्राप्ति के लिए, मानसिक सुख-शांति के लिए बीच . का मार्ग ही श्रेयस्कर है। बुद्ध का यही सिद्धांत मध्मय-मार्ग के नाम से प्रसिद्ध है। कहते हैं कि महात्मा बुद्ध

जहाँ बोदिवृक्ष के नीचे ध्यान-मग्न बैठे थे, उस मार्ग से एक भजन-मण्डली जा रही था। गीत की स्वर-लहरी वातावरण को गुंजित कर रही थी। सहसा समाधिस्त बुद्ध के कानों में गायिका के गीत के मधुर स्वर गूंज उठे’वीणा के तारों को ढीला न छोड़ो, नहीं तो उससे मधुर स्वर नहीं निकलेगा और न ही उन्हें इतना कसो कि वे टूट ही जायें।’ इन शब्दों से बुद्ध को मध्यम मार्ग की प्रेरणा मिली। उन्होंने अनुभव किया कि न तो भोगों से पूर्णतया तृप्ति हो सकती है और न ही भोगों को पूर्ण रूप से त्यागा जा सकता है। अतः जीवन के लिए भोग और त्याग के बीच का मार्ग ही श्रेयस्कर है।

महात्मा बुद्ध का चिंतन सरल और स्वाभाविक था। उनके मत में ऊँच-नीच का भेदभाव न था। राजा से लेकर रंक तक उनके लिए समान थे। उन्होंने धर्म के बाह्य आडम्बरों की अपेक्षा आन्तरिक शुद्धि पर बल दिया। यज्ञ में दी जाने वाली पशु-बलि का उन्होंने विरोध किया। जन-साधारण की भाषा में उन्होंने अहिंसा और प्रेम का जो उपदेश दिया उसने जादू का काम किया और देखते ही देखते लाखों नर-नारी उनके अनुयायी बन गये। 45 वर्षों तक उन्होंने घूम-घूम कर अपने अमृतमयी उपदेशों से जन-कल्याण किया।

महात्मा बुद्ध जीवन के 80 वर्ष पार कर चुके थे। शरीर दिन-प्रतिदिन क्षीण होता जा रहा था। अन्त में उन्होंने कुशीनगर की ओर प्रस्थान किया। कुशीनगर पहुँचते-पहुँचते उनका शरीर निढाल हो गया। उनके प्रिय शिष्य भिक्षु आनन्द ने शैय्या तैयार की। वह उस पर लेट गए। शिथिलता बढ़ती जा रही थी। निर्वाण की घड़ियाँ आ पहँची थीं। यह देख आनन्द की आँखों से आँस फूट पड़े। बोले-“देव! अब हमारा मार्ग दर्शन कौन करेगा?” बुद्ध ने आँखें खोली। बोले- “आनन्द! तुम्हारे सामने विशाल कर्म-क्षेत्र है। जरा, रोग और मृत्यु से त्रस्त मानवता को अंहिसा और प्रेम का मार्ग दिखाओ। क्यों भूलते हो संसार नश्वर है? जन्म के बाद मृत्यु और मृत्यु के बाद जन्म प्रकृति का अटल नियम है। रही मार्ग-दर्शन की बात। कौन किसका मार्ग-दर्शन करता है? कौन किसका मार्ग-दर्शन कर सकता है? “अप्प दीपो भव- अपना दीपक आप बनो।” यह कहते हुए तथागत सदा के लिए समाधिस्थ हो गए। वातावरण शोक से भर गया। तथागत के निष्पंद पार्थिव शरीर के चारों ओर खड़े भिक्षु आँसू बहा रहे थे। रह-रह कर उनके कानों में तथागत के शब्द गूंज रहे थे। “भिक्षुओ! मुझ पर विश्वास मत करना। मैं जो कहता हूँ उस पर भी इसलिए विश्वास मत करना कि मैंने कहा है। सोचना, विचारना और अपने अनुभव की कसौटी पर जो खरा उतरे वही करना।”

प्रश्न
(i) मध्यम-मार्ग से आप क्या समझते हैं? महात्मा बुद्ध को मध्यम-मार्ग की प्रेरणा कैसे मिली? [4]
(ii) महात्मा बुद्ध के मत की क्या-क्या विशेषताएँ थीं कि देखते ही देखते लाखों नर-नारी उनके अनुयायी बन गए? [4]
(iii) महात्मा बुद्ध ने शोकाकुल भिक्षु को क्या उपदेश दिया? इससे हमें क्या शिक्षा मिलती है? [4]
(iv) महात्मा बुद्ध के निष्पंद पार्थिव शरीर के चारों ओर खड़े शोकाकुल भिक्षुओं के कानों में क्या शब्द गूंज रहे थे? इन शब्दों से क्या प्रेरणा मिलती है?
(v) ‘अप्प दीपो भव’ का क्या अर्थ है? ज्ञान-प्राप्ति के बाद महात्मा बुद्ध ने अपना उपदेश कहाँ दिया और उनका निर्वाण कहाँ हुआ?
उत्तर-
(i) मध्यम मार्ग का अर्थ है- ‘बीच का रास्ता।’ महात्मा बुद्ध जहाँ बोदिवृक्ष के नीचे ध्यान मग्न बैठे थे, उस मार्ग से एक भजन-मंडली जा रही थी। मंडली की गायिका जो गीत गा रही थी, उसका अर्थ था कि “वीणा के तार ढीले न छोड़ो, नहीं तो उससे मधुर स्वर नहीं निकलेगा और न ही इतना कसो कि वे टूट ही जाएँ।” बुद्ध को इसी से मध्यम मार्ग की प्रेरणा मिली।

(ii) महात्मा बुद्ध का चिंतन सरल व स्वाभाविक था। वे ऊँच-नीच का भेद मिटाकर समानता का सिद्धांत प्रचारित करते थे। उन्होंने धर्म के बाहरी आडम्बरों को छोड़ आंतरिक शुद्धि पर बल दिया। वे पशु-बलि का विरोध करते हुए अहिंसा और प्रेम का उपदेश देते थे। इससे लाखों नर-नारी उनके अनुयायी बन गए।

(iii) महात्मा बुद्ध ने भिक्षु आनंद से कहा-तुम्हारे सामने विशाल कर्मक्षेत्र है। जरा, रोग और मृत्यु से भयभीत मानवता को अहिंसा और प्रेम का मार्ग दिखाओ। संसार नश्वर है। जन्म के बाद मृत्यु और मृत्यु के बाद जन्म प्रकृति का अटल नियम है। यहाँ कोई किसी का मार्गदर्शक नहीं बन सकता। ‘अपना दीपक आप बनो।’ इससे हमें यह शिक्षा मिलती है कि मृत्यु और जन्म प्रकृति का अटल नियम है।

(iv) महात्मा बुद्ध के पार्थिव शरीर के चारों ओर खड़े शोकग्रस्त भिक्षुओं के कानों में ये शब्द गूंज रहे थे-“भिक्षुओ! मुझ पर विश्वास मत करना। मैं जो कहता हूँ उस पर भी इसलिए विश्वास मत करना कि मैंने कहा है। सोचना, विचारना और अपने अनुभव की कसौटी पर जो खरा उतरे वही करना। इन शब्दों से हमें प्रेरणा मिलती है कि उपदेशों को ज्ञान के आलोक में परख कर ही अपनाना चाहिए।

(v) ‘अप्प दीपो भव’ का अर्थ है कि अपना दीपक अर्थात्मार्ग दर्शक स्वयं बनो। महात्मा बुद्ध ने अपना उपदेश सारनाथ में दिया। उनका निर्वाण कुशीनगर में हुआ था।

प्रश्न 3.
(a) Correct the following sentences and rewrite:
निम्नलिखित वाक्यों को शुद्ध करके लिखिए
(i) मैंने आज जाना है।
(ii) पुलिस को देखकर चोर आठ तीन ग्यारह हो गए।
(iii) सूर्यास्त के छिपते ही वातावरण में अंधेरा छा गया।
(iv) साहित्य और समाज का घोर संबंध है।
(v) यह कार्य तत्काल अभी पूर्ण करना है।

(b) Use the following idioms in sentences of your own to illustrate their meaning:
निम्नलिखित मुहावरों का वाक्य में प्रयोग करें
(i) गले का हार होना
(ii) रंग चढ़ना। [5]
(iii) सिर उठाना।
(iv) चाँदी होना।
(v) अपने मुँह मियाँ मिठू बनना।
उत्तर-
(a)
(i) मुझे आज जाना है।
(ii) पुलिस को देखकर चोर नौ दो ग्यारह हो गए।
(iii) सूर्य के छिपते ही वातावरण में अँधेरा छा गया।
(iv) साहित्य और समाज का गहन संबंध है।
(v) यह कार्य तत्काल पूर्ण करना है।

(b)
(i) बच्चे अपने माता-पिता के गले का हार होते हैं।
(ii) देखते ही देखते पूरे निर्वाचन क्षेत्र में स्वामी जी का रंग चढ़ गया।
(iii) काश्मीर में अब भी आतंकवाद सिर उठा रहा है।
(iv) टमाटर के दामों में अभूतपूर्व तेज़ी से किसानों की चाँदी हो गई।
(v) आजकल के नेता अपने मुँह मियाँ मिठू बनते फिरते हैं।

Section-B
Prescribed Textbooks (50 Marks)
Answer four questions from this section on at least three of the prescribed textbooks.

गद्य संकलन-

प्रश्न 4.
एक जगह गरम-गरम जलेबियाँ बन रही थीं। बच्चों के लिए थोड़ी-सी खरीद लीं। घर के दरवाजे पर पहुँचे। दरवाजा खुला था। घर के अन्दर पैर रखने में हृदय धड़कता था। न जाने बच्चे किस हालत में हों?
(i) किसने और कब जलेबियाँ खरीदीं? जलेबियाँ खरीदने वाले का बच्चों से क्या सम्बन्ध था? [1]
(ii) जलेबियाँ खरीदने वाला व्यक्ति कहाँ और क्यों गया था? [3]
(iii) सीताराम जी की अनुपस्थिति में बच्चों की देखभाल किसे करनी पड़ती थी? इस बारे में सीताराम जी क्यों चिंतित थे? [3]
(iv) इस बार बच्चों की देखभाल किसने और क्यों की? सीताराम जी का उससे कब और कैसे परिचय हुआ था? [5]
उत्तर-
(i) सीताराम ने देश के लिए एक वर्ष की जेल काटी थी। जेल से रिहा होते ही उन्होंने अपने बच्चों के लिए जलेबियाँ खरीदीं। उनकी पत्नी का देहांत हो चुका था और वे दो बच्चों के पालनपोषण के साथ-साथ स्वतंत्रता संग्राम में योगदान भी कर रहे थे।

(ii) सीताराम को देश की स्वतंत्रता के लिए संघर्ष करने के दोष में अंग्रेज़ सरकार द्वारा जेल भेज दिया गया था।

(iii) सीताराम जी की अनुपस्थिति में बच्चों की देखभाल कहारिन किया करती थी। वे इस बारे में चिंतित थे कि कहारिन के अपने भी तीन-चार बच्चे थे। उनके साथ दो और बच्चों को सँभालना कठिन कार्य था।

(iv) इस बार सीताराम के बच्चों की देखभाल गौरी ने की थी। सीताराम एक बार गौरी को अपने बच्चों की नई माँ के रूप में देखने गए थे। वह राधाकृष्ण जी की पुत्री थी। जब दोनों का संबंध सफल नहीं हो पाया तो सीताराम निराश नहीं हुए। परन्तु जब उन्हें एक साल का कारावास हो गया तो यह समाचार पढ़ते ही गौरी ने उनके बच्चों की माँ बनना स्वीकार कर लिया और उनके पास कानपुर चली गई।

प्रश्न 5.
“मजबूरी’ कहानी मातृत्व प्रेम से परिपूर्ण एक सरल वृद्धा की कहानी है।” इस कथन की पुष्टि कहानी की घटनाओं के आधार पर कीजिए। [12 1/2]
उत्तर-
‘मजबूरी’ शीर्षक कहानी में लेखिका मन्नू भंडारी ने मातृत्व प्रेम से परिपूर्ण एक सरल वृद्धा ‘अम्मा’ का करुण व ममतामयी चित्रांकन किया है। गाँव में रहने वाली ममतामयी, ‘अम्मा’ को पुत्र रामेश्वर को कलेजे से दूर करना पड़ता है। यह उनकी पहली मजबूरी है। रामेश्वर के बिना उन्हें घर मसान जैसा लगता है। पहाड़ जैसा दिन उन्हें अकेले काटना पड़ता है। लेकिन अकेलेपन की यातना से दुखी अम्मा के अकेले जीवन में रामेश्वर के बड़े बेटे बेटू के आ जाने से बहार आ जाती है। दूसरा पहलू यह है कि बहू रमा के कड़े नियंत्रण के बाद दादी अम्मा के असीम दुलार में पलता हुआ बेटू एकदम अनुशासनहीन हो जाता है। रमा की मजबूरी थी कि वह अगली संतान को ध्यान में रखकर अपने बेटू को अम्मा के पास छोड़ती है। वर्ष बाद लौटने पर उसे दुख होता है क्योंकि बेटू उदंड और अनुशासनहीन हो चुका है। वह उसे ले जाना चाहती है परंतु ले जा नहीं पाती।

इसके तीन वर्ष बाद रमा और रामेश्वर तीन साल के पप्पू को लेकर आए। पप्पू ने अंग्रेज़ी की छोटी-छोटी कविताएँ याद कर रखी थीं। दो महीने पूर्व ही उसे एक अंग्रेजी स्कूल में भर्ती करवाया गया था। रमा ने रामेश्वर से कहा कि जैसे भी हो इस बार बेटू को अपने साथ लेकर जाना होगा। रामेश्वर ने जवाब दिया कि “इस बात से अम्मा को बहुत दुख होगा तथा दूसरी समस्या यह है कि बेटू तुम्हारे पास ज़रा भी नहीं आता। वह अम्मा को छोड़कर वहाँ कैसे रहेगा?”

रामेश्वर बेचारा धर्म संकट में था। उसने सारी बात रमा पर छोड़ दी। अम्मा ने जब रमा का प्रस्ताव सुना कि वह बेटू को अपने साथ ले जाना चाहती है, तो उसके पैरों तले की जमीन सरक गई। बोली, “मेरे बिना वह एक पल भी तो नहीं रहता …… एकाएक मुझसे दूर कैसे रहेगा?” रमा ने बेटू की पढ़ाई की बात की और कहा, “……”उसके साथ दुश्मनी ही निभानी है, तो रखिए इसे अपने पास।”

अम्मा यह बात सुनकर फूट-फूट कर रोने लगी। कुछ देर बाद स्वर को संयत करके बोली, “ले जा बहू, ले जा।”

दो दिन बाद रमा औषधालय के एकमात्र नौकर और दोनों बच्चों को लेकर अपनी माँ के यहाँ चल पड़ी। रमा ने बेटू को बताया ही नहीं कि वह उसे अपने साथ ले जा रही है।

उसके बाद घर में जो कोई भी आता उसे बेटू के चले जाने पर आश्चर्य होता। अम्मा ने उन्हें बताया कि गठिया के मारे उठना बैठना तक हराम हो रहा है, इसीलिए मैंने ही कह दिया कि पप्पू अब बड़ा हो गया है, सो बेटू को ले जाओ।

शाम को गुब्बारेवाला आया, बुढ़िया के बालवाला आया, मिठाई के खिलौने बेचने वाला आया, तो अम्मा ने सबको जवाब दिया- “जाओ भाई, जाओ ! आज तुम्हारा ग्राहक नहीं है। उसे मैंने उसकी अम्मा के साथ भेज दिया। अब यहाँ मत आया करो।”

तीसरे दिन औषधालय का नौकर वापस आया, तो उसने बताया कि दादी अम्मा को याद करते-करते बेटू को बुखार आ गया। रमा के हाथ से न कुछ खाता है न दवाई पीता है। अम्मा पागलों की भाँति दौड़ती हुई औषधालय पहुँची।

अम्मा बेटू को लेने चली गई और तीसरे दिन ही बेटू को लेकर लौट आईं। एक साल उन्होंने इसी प्रकार निकाल दिया। रमा मुंबई से आई तो बेटू का वही रवैया देखा। वह एक बार फिर दादी माँ को रुलाकर उनके मना करने पर भी बेटू को लेकर मुंबई के लिए चल पड़ी। अम्मा ने शिब्बू को साथ कर दिया।

शिब्बू मुंबई से लौटकर अम्मा को बताता है कि बेटू अब रमा के साथ हिल-मिल गया है और उसकी वहाँ लड़कों से दोस्ती हो गई है। इस पर अम्मा परसाद बाँटने के लिए सवा रुपया निकालती है। लेखिका ने यहाँ पर उसकी करुण स्थिति और रोती आँखों की मजबूरी उजागर की है। वह प्रसाद भले ही बाँट रही थी परंतु अकेले, सुनसान व शुष्क जीवन की मजबूरी उसे रुला रही थी।

प्रश्न 6.
संस्कृति की परिभाषा न देकर लेखक ने किन लक्षणों का उल्लेख कर संस्कृति को समझाने का प्रयत्न किया है? उदाहरण सहित स्पष्ट कीजिए। [12]
उत्तर-
‘संस्कृति क्या है?’ शीर्षक निबंध में हिंदी के सुप्रसिद्ध कवि, लेखक एवं सांस्कृतिक विचारक रामधारी सिंह ‘दिनकर’ ने संस्कृति के वास्तविक स्वरूप व लक्षणों को रेखांकित किया है।

दिनकर ने सांस्कृतिक आदान-प्रदान की सकारात्मक प्रवृत्ति के उदाहरणों द्वारा इसके लक्षणों को संकेतित किया है। वे सबसे बड़ा उदाहरण मुस्लिमों के भारत में आगमन का देते हैं जिससे हमें कलाओं और भाषा (उर्दू) की समृद्धि प्राप्त हुई। चित्रकला भी इसी मुस्लिम शासन की देन है।

सांस्कृतिक आदान-प्रदान का सकारात्मक व अनुकूल रूप सदैव हितकर होता है। यदि यूरोप से भारत का संपर्क न हुआ होता तो भारतीय विचारधारा पर विज्ञान की कृपा बहुत देर से हुई होती। इसी से जुड़ी बात यह है कि इसी यूरोपीय प्रभाव के कारण हमारे यहाँ राजा राममोहन राय, स्वामी दयानंद सरस्वती, राम कृष्ण परमहंस, स्वामी विवेकानंद और महात्मा गाँधी जैसे सुधारक व सांस्कृतिक चिंतक पैदा हुए हैं। जब दो जातियाँ मिलती हैं तो उनके संपर्क अथवा संघर्ष से जीवन की एक नवीन धारा फूटती है, जिसका प्रभाव उन दोनों जातियों पर पड़ता है। अतः सांस्कृतिक लेन-देन की यह प्रक्रिया ही संस्कृति की आत्मा है। इसी के सहारे उसके प्राण बने रहते हैं और वह देर तक और दूर तक जीवित रहते हुए अपना प्रभाव डालती रहती है।

निबंधकार बताते हैं कि केवल चित्रकला, काव्य, मूर्ति कला, स्थापत्य या वास्तु कला और वस्त्र शैली पर नहीं, सांस्कृतिक संपर्क का प्रभाव दार्शनिक चिंतन और विचार की दशा-दिशा पर भी पड़ता है। वे लिखते हैं – केवल चित्र, कविता, मूर्ति, मकान और पोशाक पर ही नहीं, सांस्कृतिक संपर्क का प्रभाव दर्शन और विचार पर भी पड़ता है। एक देश में जो दार्शनिक और महात्मा उत्पन्न होते हैं, उनकी आवाज दसरे देशों में भी मिलते-जलते दार्शनिकों और महात्माओं को जन्म देती है। एक देश में जो धर्म खड़ा होता है, वह दूसरे देशों के धर्मों को भी बहुत-कुछ बदल देता है। यही नहीं, बल्कि प्राचीन जगत् में तो बहुत-से ऐसे देवी-देवता भी मिलते हैं जो कई जातियों के संस्कारों से निकलकर एक जगह जमा हुए हैं।

दिनकर जी का मानना है कि एक जाति विशेष की धार्मिक परिपाटी संपर्क में आने वाली किसी दूसरी जाति की परिपाटी या रिवाज बन जाता है। इसी प्रकार किसी एक देश की प्रवृत्तियाँ किसी दूसरे देश के सामाजिकों की प्रवृत्तियों में जाकर समा जाती हैं। अतः संस्कृति की दृष्टि से वह जाति और देश शक्ति संपन्न और महान समझे जाने चाहिए जिसने विश्व के अधिकांश जन-समूह को प्रभावित किया। उनके शब्दों में –

एक जाति का धार्मिक रिवाज दूसरी जाति का रिवाज बन जाता है और एक देश की आदत दूसरे देश के लोगों की आदत में समा जाती है। अतएव, सांस्कृतिक दृष्टि से वह देश और वह जाति अधिक शक्तिशालिनी और महान् समझी जानी चाहिए जिसने विश्व के अधिक-से-अधिक देशों, अधिक-सेअधिक जातियों की संस्कृतियों को अपने भीतर जज़्ब करके, उन्हें पचा करके, बड़े-से-बड़े समन्वय को उत्पन्न किया है।

निबंधकार ने सांस्कृतिक दृष्टि से भारतीय संस्कृति को सबसे बड़ी समन्वयकारी संस्कृति बताया है। इसका एकमात्र और महत्त्वपूर्ण कारण यह है कि यहाँ की संस्कृति में बाहर की अधिकाधिक संस्कृतियाँ मिश्रित होकर उसका अभिन्न व अटूट अंग बन गई हैं।

काव्य मंजरी

प्रश्न 7.
जाऊँ कहाँ तजि चरण तुम्हारे।
काको नाम पतित पावन जग केहि अति दीन पियारे
कौने देव बराइ बिरद हित, हठि-हठि अधम उधारे।
खग, मृग, व्याध, पषान, विटप जड़, जवन-कवन सुत तारे।
देव, दनुज, मुनि, नाग, मनुज सब, माया-बिबस विचारे। तिनके हाथ दास तुलसी प्रभु, कहा अपुनपौ हारै।
(i) प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ कहाँ से ली गई हैं? इनके कवि कौन हैं? भक्त ने किसके प्रति अपनी आस्था प्रकट की है? [17]
(ii) पतितपावन किसे कहा गया है और क्यों? [3]
(iii) ‘माया-बिबस बिचारे’ पंक्ति का भाव स्पष्ट कीजिए।
(iv) “जाऊँ कहाँ तजि चरन तुम्हारे” शीर्षक पद के आधार पर कवि की भक्ति-भावना पर प्रकाश डालिए।
उत्तर-
(i) प्रस्तुत पंक्तियाँ हमारी पाठ्य पुस्तक काव्य मंजरी में संकलित तुलसीदास के पद’ शीर्षक कविता में से उद्धृत हैं। इसमें कवि तुलसीदास ने एक भक्त के रूप में भगवान श्रीराम के प्रति अपनी अटूट आस्था प्रकट की है। वे उनके श्री-चरणों को अपना परम धाम मानते हुए उसे छोड़कर कहीं भी दूसरी जगह न जाने का संकल्प व्यक्त कर रहे हैं।

(ii) पतितपावन प्रभु श्रीराम को कहा गया है। इस विशेषण की सार्थकता यह है कि वे एकमात्र ऐसे देव हैं जो नीच, अपवित्र, अधम या पतित व्यक्तियों का उद्धार करते हैं। उन्होंने न जाने कितने नरनारियों को मुक्ति प्रदान कर अपने चरणों में स्थान दिया है। जटायु, मरीच, जरा नामक शिकारी, अहल्या, यमलार्जुन वृक्ष आदि इसी के उदाहरण हैं।

(iii) ‘माया-बिबस विचारे’ का भाव यह है कि यह संसार एक दिखावटी चकाचौंध है। इसकी माया में ग्रस्त होकर जीव भ्रम में जीवन काटता जाता है। माया-मोह के वश में पड़ा प्राणी प्रभु को भूल जाता है और मुक्ति के लिए सार्थक प्रयास नहीं करता।

(iv) प्रस्तुत पद में कवि तुलसीदास ने अपने आराध्य देव प्रभु श्रीराम के चरणों को अपने जीवन का चरम लक्ष्य माना है। वे उनकी कृपा, वत्सल भावना, उद्धार करने की सामर्थ्य व भक्तों पर अपार करुणा से प्रभावित हैं। उन्हें लगता है कि प्रभु श्रीराम ही उन जैसे संसारी जीवों का उद्धार कर उन्हें अपने चरणों में जगह दे सकते हैं। वे इसकी पुष्टि के लिए रामायण व अन्य ग्रंथों से उदाहरण देते हैं जिनमें नीच, पतित व अधम नर-नारियों का उद्धार किया गया है। इसीलिए तुलसीदास को राम का परमभक्त कहते हैं।

प्रश्न 8.
साखी के आधार पर सिद्ध कीजिए कि कबीरदास जी एक सफल कवि एवं श्रेष्ठ उपदेशक थे, उन्होंने बाहरी आडम्बरों या पाखंडों का विरोध करके किस चीज़ पर अधिक ध्यान देने पर जोर दिया है? [12]
उत्तर-
भक्तिकाल की निर्गुण काव्यधारा के संत कवि कबीरदास एक क्रांतिकारी ज्ञानमार्गी कवि हैं। उन्होंने मध्यकालीन धर्म-साधना में अद्भुत व मौलिक योगदान दिया। उन्होंने अपने समय में प्रचलित धार्मिक संकीर्णताओं, पाखंडों, आडम्बरों व व्यर्थ कर्मकांडों की खुलकर निंदा की। कबीरदास ने अपनी क्रांतिकारी वाणी द्वारा मनुष्य को सच्चा मार्ग दिखाते हुए भक्ति के वास्तविक रूप का साक्षात्कार कराया। प्रस्तुत साखियों में कबीर का धर्म सुधारक तथा समाज सुधारक रूप दिखाई देता है। वे कहते हैं कि मनुष्य को सच्चे गुरु द्वारा दिया गया ज्ञानदान ही इस जगत् से मुक्ति दिला सकता है। लोक-प्रचलित विश्वासों और वैदिक सूत्रों की अपेक्षा सद्गुरु की शरण में जाना अनुकूल सिद्ध हुआ। उसके दिए हुए ज्ञान के प्रकाश से सारा अंधकार मिट जाता है। जब तक मनुष्य प्रेम के महत्त्व को नहीं समझता, तब तक उसकी आत्मा तृप्त नहीं हो सकती और वह शुष्कता का जीवन ही जीता रहता है।

कबीर ने स्पष्ट किया है कि आत्मा उस परमात्मा का अंश है जो अलख, निराकार अजर-अमर, स्वयंभू तथा एक है। उससे बिछुड़ी आत्मा उसी ब्रहम् में लीन होने के लिए व्याकुल रहती है। उसे जब तक प्रभु से मिलन नहीं हो जाता, तब तक दिन-रात, धूप-छाँव और स्वप्न में भी कहीं सुख प्राप्त नहीं हो सकता। वे प्रभु से प्रार्थना करते हैं कि उन्हें जीते जी दर्शन हो जाएँ तो अच्छा है क्योंकि मरने के बाद दर्शन किसी काम के नहीं।

कबीर की प्रभु से बिछुड़ी आत्मा उसी का नाम पुकारती रहती है और उसका मार्ग निहारती रहती है। अब आँखें थक चुकी हैं जो प्रभु के आने के मार्ग पर सदैव से टिकी हुई थीं। जीभ पर भी उसका नाम रटते-रटते छाला पड़ चुका है।

कबीर ने प्रभु से सच्ची लौ लगाने का प्रस्ताव किया है। उनका विचार है कि योगी का पाखंड धारण करके जंगल-जंगल या पर्वत-पर्वत भ्रमण करने पर कुछ भी प्राप्त नहीं हो सका। प्रभु से मिलाने वाली बूटी अर्थात् साधना का सूत्र कहीं पर भी नहीं मिला। क्योंकि यह भक्ति का सच्चा मार्ग नहीं था। संसार में आकर मनुष्य अनुपम चकाचौंध में भ्रमित होने लगता है। उसे मोह-माया आकर्षित कर लेती है। जब तक इस मोह-बंधन से मुक्ति नहीं मिलती, तब तक प्रभु दूर ही रहता है।

कबीर ने ईश्वर को प्राप्त करने के लिए शारीरिक रूप से योगी बनने के प्रचलन को भ्रामक व अर्थहीन बताया है। वे कहते हैं कि जब तक मनुष्य अपनी अंतरात्मा से योगी नहीं बनता, तब तक उसे कभी भी मुक्ति रूपी सिद्धि प्राप्त नहीं हो सकती। उनका आशय है कि बाहरी रूप से योगी या संत का पहनावा कुछ नहीं कर सकता। साधक को अपने भीतर के विकारों और अपनी भोगपरक इंद्रियों पर काबू पाना होगा। ऐसा मन का योगी कोई विरला ही होता है और वही मुक्ति रूपी सिद्धि का सच्चा तथा वास्तविक अधिकारी होता है।

कबीर ने जहाँ एक ओर इंद्रियों को वश में रखने और मन की शुद्धि पर बल दिया है। वहीं उन्होंने आचरण की स्वच्छता को भी अनिवार्य बताया है। सच्चा आचरण तभी अपनाया जा सकता है जब मनुष्य का अपने अहं पर पूर्ण नियंत्रण हो। जब तक उसमें अहं-भावना का प्रसार रहता है, तब तक उसे ज्ञान प्राप्त नहीं होता। इस ज्ञान के बिना हरि से मिलन संभव नहीं। वे कहते हैं कि अहंकार और ईश्वर एक ही शरीर के भीतर निवास नहीं कर सकते।

इस प्रकार कबीर ने ज्ञानमार्ग द्वारा तत्कालीन धार्मिक समाज को सही दिशा दिखाई है। वे वास्तव में एक क्रांतिकारी सुधारक थे।

प्रश्न 9.
‘जैसा हम बोयेंगे वैसा ही पायेंगे’। पंक्ति को आधार बनाकर ‘आः धरती कितना देती है’ कविता की समीक्षा कीजिए। [12]
उत्तर-
कवि सुमित्रानंदन पंत ने प्रस्तुत कविता में इस सूक्ति को प्रमाणित किया है कि समाज में रहने वाला प्राणी जैसा बोएगा, वैसा ही काटेगा। अर्थात् हम अपने कर्मों का फल अवश्य पाते हैं। कवि ने अपने बचपन के एक हास्यास्पद विचार को आधार बनाकर एक महान् सत्य की ओर संकेत दिया है।

कवि पंत ने बचपन में पैसों के बीज बोकर यह आशा की थी कि पैसों के पेड़ उगेंगे और उन पैसों को पाकर वह धनी सेठ बन जाएगा। परंतु ऐसा न हो सका।

इस घटना के पचास वर्ष बाद कवि अपने आँगन की गीली मिट्टी में सेम के बीज बोता है। कवि को यह देखकर आश्चर्य होता है कि समय पाकर उन बीजों पर अंकुर निकल आते हैं जो छतरियों की तरह दिखाई देते हैं।

समय पाकर सेम की लता फैल जाती है। उन लताओं पर बहुत-सी फलियाँ लगती हैं। कवि सोचता है कि धरती हमें कितना कुछ देती है। धरती हमारी माता है जो अपने पुत्रों को बहुत कुछ देती है। उसे बालपन में यह भेद समझ नहीं आया था। इसीलिए लालच में आकर उसके गर्भ में पैसों के बीज बो दिए थे।

कवि समझाना चाहता है कि प्रकृति का अपना नियम है। धरती में हम जो कुछ बोते हैं, वैसा ही काटेंगे। परंतु पैसे बोने से वह पैसों के पेड़ नहीं उगाती क्योंकि ऐसा करना लालच व स्वार्थ का सूचक है। जब हम उसके गर्भ में अनुकूल व प्रकृति के नियम के अनुसार बीज बोते हैं तो वह हमें कितना कुछ देती है। इस प्रकार वह रत्न पैदा करने वाली सिद्ध होती है। कवि के शब्दों में-

‘रत्न प्रसविनी है वसुधा, अब समझ सका हूँ।’

कवि की मूल दृष्टि मानवतावादी है। वह अपने समाज में फैले वर्ग-भेद से व्यथित है। उसे इस बात का दुःख है कि हम अपने समाज का घृणित स्तरीकरण कर रहे हैं। इस प्रकार अपने ही जैसे मनुष्यों से घृणा करने लगते हैं। हमें धरती से शिक्षा प्राप्त करनी चाहिए। वह हमें कितना कुछ देती है और बदले में हमसे कुछ भी उम्मीद नहीं रखती।

पंत का विचार है कि हमें धरती में सच्ची समता के दाने बोने हैं ताकि विषमता और असमानता के अभिशाप से मुक्ति मिले। कवि के शब्दों में

‘इसमें सच्ची समता के दाने बोने हैं।’

पंत को मानव की क्षमता पर अटूट विश्वास है। वह चाहता है कि प्रत्येक मानव अपनी इस अद्भुत क्षमता का उपयोग जन-कल्याण के लिए करे। उसका विचार है-“इसमें जन की क्षमता के दाने बोने हैं।” आज मनुष्य ममताहीन या निर्मम होता जा रहा है। अतः हमें चाहिए कि मानव की ममता के दाने बोए जाएँ ताकि उससे सुनहली फ़सलें उग सकें। ये फ़सलें मानवता की होंगी। कवि के अनुसार

“मानवता की जीवन श्रम से हँसें दिशाएँ,
हम जैसा बोएँगे वैसा ही पाएँगे।”

ये कुल मिलाकर कवि ने प्रकृति-चित्रण के बहाने मानवता का संदेश दिया है जिसमें स्वार्थहीन परोपकार, समता, क्षमता और ममता का व्यवहार अपनाया जाए। तभी हमारा समाज वर्गहीन घृणाहीन और सक्षम बन पाएगा क्योंकि हम जैसा समाज रूपी धरती में बीज बोएँगे, वैसा ही फल प्राप्त करेंगे।

सारा आकाश

प्रश्न 10.
“बाबू जी तुम मुझे अपने हाथ से जहर देकर मार डालो
मेरा गला घोट दो ……… मुझे वहाँ मत भेजो ………….॥”

(i) इस कथन का वक्ता कौन है.? उसका परिचय दीजिए।
(ii) उसे कहाँ भेजा गया और क्यों? समझाकर लिखिए।
(iii) बेटी की दुर्दशा देखकर माता-पिता की क्या स्थिति थी? [3]
(iv) उपन्यास के आधार पर तत्कालीन नारी की दशा का वर्णन कीजिए। [5]
उत्तर-
(i) प्रस्तुत गद्यांश राजेंद्र यादव कृत उपन्यास ‘सारा आकाश’ में से उद्धृत है। इस संवाद की वक्ता मुन्नी नामक स्त्री है। वह उपन्यास के नायक समर की बहन है जिसका वैवाहिक जीवन अत्यंत करुण, विपन्न, उत्पीड़क तथा घातक सिद्ध होता है। परिणाम स्वरूप उसे प्रताड़ना का बोझ न सहते हुए आत्महत्या करनी पड़ती है।

(ii) मुन्नी को अपने सुसराल में पति का उत्पीड़न तथा घरेलू हिंसा का शिकार होना पड़ता था। जब वह तंग आकर मायके आ गई तो उसका पति उसे पुनः मनाने आ गया। वह वस्तु स्थिति जानती थी जिसके कारण पुनः सुसराल नहीं जाना चाहती थी। उसे पता था कि सास के देहांत के बाद अब सुसराल में उसका पक्ष लेने वाला कोई न था।

(iii) मुन्नी की दुर्दशा दहेज उत्पीड़न तथा घरेलू हिंसा का जीवंत उदाहरण है। अपनी बेटी की दुर्दशा देखकर माता-पिता का दिल दहल जाता था। परन्तु सामाजिक रीति को निभाते हुए उन्होंने उसे दूसरी बार उसके नारकीय ससुराल में भेजने का निर्णय ले लिया।

(iv) प्रस्तुत उपन्यास एक यथार्थवादी उपन्यास है जिसमें मुख्यतः नारी पर होने वाले अनुदार अत्याचारों का चित्रांकन हुआ है। समर की पत्नी प्रभा और बहन मुन्नी नामक दो नारियों का जीवन तत्कालीन समाज की भेदभाव भरी दृष्टि तथा उत्पीड़क व्यवहार की ओर संकेत करता है। प्रभा को न केवल दहेज के लिए ताने सुनने पड़ते हैं बल्कि पति के दुर्व्यवहार (पूर्वार्द्ध भाग में) का भी सामना करना पड़ता है। उसकी सास व भाभी उत्पीड़क पात्रों के रूप में स्थित हैं। दूसरी ओर मुन्नी का करुण और त्रासद जीवन तत्कालीन पुरुष की लम्पट तथा अमानवीय विचारधारा का प्रतीक है। यहाँ उपन्यासकार की दृष्टि नारी के प्रति संवेदना प्रकट करती दिखाई देती है।

प्रश्न 11.
समर का मन आत्म-ग्लानि से कब भर गया और क्यों? समझाकर लिखिए। [12 1/2]
उत्तर-
समर प्रसिद्ध उपन्यासकार राजेंद्र यादव कृत यर्थाथवादी उपन्यास ‘सारा आकाश’ का नायक है। उपन्यासकार ने उसका चरित्र दो भागों में चित्रित किया है। उपन्यास के प्रथम आधे चरण में समर एक दम्भी पुरुषप्रधान व नारी उत्पीड़क दृष्टि का प्रतीक बनकर आता है। उपन्यास के दूसरे चरण में उसकी दृष्टि सहिष्णु अनुशासित, तर्कशील, पत्नी-प्रेमी और न्यायसंगत व्यक्ति का उदाहरण प्रस्तुत करती है। समर एक संवेदनशील युवक है। वह पत्नी के प्रति होने वाले संयुक्त परिवार के दुर्व्यवहार व घरेलू हिंसा को निष्पक्ष होकर सोचता है, तो एकदम बदल जाता है। प्रभा की सहनशीलता उसे आत्म-ग्लानि से भर देती है। उसका व्यवहार बदलने लगता है और वह पत्नी के प्रति एकदम करुण तथा प्रेमिल हो उठता है।

समर और प्रभा के बीच सुहागरात से ही मन-मुटाव चल रहा था जो लम्बा खिंचता चला गया। विवाह के बहुत दिन बाद एक दिन आधी रात के समय छत पर अपनी पत्नी को रोता-सिसकता देख नायक समर का मन करुणाद्रवित हो उठता है और वह अपने निष्ठुर व्यवहार पर लज्जित हो, प्रभा से क्षमा माँगता है और दोनों के हृदय में एक-दूसरे के प्रति प्रेम तथा अपनाव की सरिता बहने लगती है।

प्रभा व समर दोनों रात-भर रो-रोकर अपने हृदय को हल्का करते रहे, एक-दूसरे के प्रति पूर्णतः आत्म समर्पित हो एक नया जीवन बिताने की सौगंध खाते रहे। उस मिलन ने दोनों के बीच अहं की दीवार को तोड़ दिया। प्रात:काल होते ही प्रभा तो घर का काम काज करने के लिए रसोई-घर में चली गई और समर को एक नयी अनुभूति हुई, उसे सब कुछ उल्लासमय और प्रफुल्लित दिखने लगा।

वास्तव में समर और प्रभा के बीच मन-मुटाव का मुख्य कारण असमय विवाह था। छात्रावस्था में विवाह हो जाने पर समर समस्याओं से घिर जाता है। वह आर्थिक व मानसिक दृष्टि से माता-पिता पर आश्रित था। उसकी स्वतंत्र चिंतन-धारा उसे एक अहंवादी पति बना देती। इसी कारण उसका व्यवहार अपनी सुशील, सुंदर व सुशिक्षिता पत्नी के प्रति कठोर होता गया। वह उसकी हर उचित प्रक्रिया पर भी प्रश्न चिह्न लगाने लगा था। परन्तु इस घटना ने उसे भीतर तथा बाहर से बदल दिया।

प्रश्न 12.
‘सारा आकाश’ उपन्यास के आधार पर नायिका प्रभा का चरित्र-चित्रण कीजिए। [12]
उत्तर-
प्रभा उपन्यासकार राजेंद्र यादव कृत यथार्थवादी उपन्यास ‘सारा आकाश’ की नायिका है। उसके चरित्र में निम्नलिखित विशेषताएँ पाई जाती हैं

1. शिक्षित, सुसंस्कृत एवं सुशील- उपन्यासकार ने प्रभा को एक शिक्षिता युवती के रूप में दिखाया है। जिस काल का यह उपन्यास है, उस काल में प्रभा का मैट्रिक पास होना अत्यंत महत्त्व रखता है। उस समय इतनी पढ़ी-लिखी लड़की मिलना कठिन था क्योंकि प्रायः मध्यवर्गीय और निम्नवर्गीय लोग अपनी कन्याओं को शिक्षा देने के विरोधी होते थे। उस समय इतनी शिक्षिता युवती सुगमता से कहीं भी नौकरी पा सकती थी।

मैट्रिक पास होने पर भी प्रभा सुसंस्कृत तथा सुशील है। उसके मन-मस्तिष्क में इस बात का कोई भी घमंड नहीं है। वह सबसे विनम्रता से पेश आती है।

2. स्वाभिमान एवं आत्मसम्मान- प्रभा में स्वाभिमान तथा आत्मसम्मान की भावना भरपूर है। सुहागरात से ही उसका ऐसा ही चरित्र उजागर होता है। जब वह मायके चली जाती है तो तब तक वापस नहीं आती जब तक ससुराल से समर उसे लेने नहीं जाता। छह महीने के बाद ससुराल लौटने पर भी उसमें अनावश्यक छोटापन दिखाई नहीं देता। जब भाभी उसे समर के कमरे में जाकर सोने को कहती है तो वह स्वाभिमान और आत्मसम्मान का परिचय देते हुए इस प्रकार कहती है

“जबरदस्ती वही कहीं जाकर सो जाऊँ? मुझसे तो नहीं होता जिठानीजी कि कोई दुत्कारता रहे और पूँछ हिलाते रहो, ठोकर मारता रहे और तलुए चाटते रहो। उनके बोर्ड के इम्तहान हैं, मैं क्यों तंग करूँ? कुछ हो गया तो बाद में सब मेरा ही नाम लेंगे। हमारा यहाँ आना तो जम दिखाई दिया और तुम कहती हो कि वहीं चली जा।”

3. कार्यकुशल- प्रभा एक कार्यकुशल स्त्री है। उसका जेठ धीरज भी उसकी प्रशंसा में कहता है कि वह बहुत स्वादिष्ट रसोई पकाती है। भले ही भाभी (जेठानी) उससे ईर्ष्या करते हुए उसकी दाल में अतिरिक्त नमक डाल कर उसे डाँट पिलवा देती है परंतु वह हारती नहीं। उसे अपनी कार्यकुशलता पर भरोसा था। यही कारण है कि उसके बाद वह काम से कभी भी पराजित नहीं हुई।

समर की उपेक्षा के बावजूद प्रभा संयुक्त परिवार की पूरी-पूरी व्यवस्था संभाल लेती है। वह घर के रख-रखाव पर पूरा ध्यान देती है। उसे प्रातः से लेकर रात ग्यारह साढ़े ग्यारह तक काम करना पड़ता है। इससे प्रभावित समर सोचता है

“वह सब कुछ ऐसी आसानी और चुपचाप करती चली जाती है, मानो मशीन हो और उसे यह सब करने में कोई कष्ट न होता हो। हर-नए काम को ऐसी स्वाभाविकता से ग्रहण करती चली जाती कि लगता ही नहीं था कि उसे करने में कहीं भी अनिच्छा का लेश या थकान है और मैं इसी पर खीझ उठता। उसके व्यवहार में कहीं अनिच्छा या थकान दीखे तो मैं अपने को उसके कष्ट से आनन्दित कर सकूँ, मन में कहूँ कि “कहो बच्ची जी, अब कैसा लग रहा है?”।

4. सहिष्णु- प्रभा इतनी सहिष्णु है कि अपने ऊपर किया गया हर प्रकार का दुर्व्यवहार चुपके से सह जाती है। उसमें सहनशीलता की चरम सीमा दिखाई देती है। उसे कभी किसी से ऊँचा बोलते नहीं सुना। न ही वह किसी अनावश्यक वाद-विवाद में पड़ती है। दाल में नमक का प्रसंग, नामकरण के उत्सव पर गणेश की मूर्ति की घटना आदि उसे तनिक भी विचलित नहीं करतीं। वह सब प्रकार का गाली-गलौच और पति का तमाचा तक सह जाती है।

प्रभा की सहिष्णुता का प्रमाण यह है कि विपरीत व्यवहार पर तुला हुआ समर भी पिघल जाता है। वह उसकी सहनशीलता से प्रभावित होकर इस प्रकार सोचता है

“जब भी इस बात का ध्यान आता कि एक निरीह बेकसूर किसी की लाड़ प्यार से पाली गई इकलौती लड़की को लाकर मैंने क्या-क्या अत्याचार नहीं किए, कौन-कौन से कहर उस पर नहीं तोड़े, उसे कितनी-कितनी यातनाएँ नहीं दी, और उसका यहाँ था ही कौन जिससे अपना दुखड़ा रोती, तो हज़ारों बरछे-जैसे एक साथ ही छाती में आ लगते और रुलाई दुगनी चौगुनी होकर उमड़ने लगती। उस बेचारी के पास धीरे-धीरे घुटने के सिवा चारा ही क्या था? उस क्षण तो ऐसा लगा जैसे आँसू, सिसकी, तड़प किसी में भी ऐसी शक्ति नहीं है कि हृदय के इस पश्चात्ताप और मन की इस बैचेनी को, इस छटपटाहट और मर्मान्तक पीड़ा को बाहर निकालकर ला सके।”

अम्मा की डाँट, दहेज के ताने, निरर्थक लाँछन आदि भी उसकी सहनशीलता की शीतलता को कम नहीं कर पाते।

5. मर्यादा-भावना- उपन्यासकार ने प्रभा को एक मर्यादा में रहने वाली स्त्री के रूप में चित्रित किया है। उसमें उच्छृखलता, उदंडता या अशिष्टता का लेशमात्र भी अंश नहीं है। वह जानती है कि संयुक्त परिवारों में किस प्रकार की मर्यादा का पालन करना पड़ता है। यही कारण है कि वह न तो भाभी के कटु व्यंग्य सुनकर उत्तेजित होती है और न ही समर के प्रारंभिक व्यवहार पर। वह अम्मा के कठोर वाक्यों और दहेज के लोभ में सने शब्दों पर भी कोई प्रतिक्रिया व्यक्त नहीं करती।

इस प्रकार लेखक ने उसे एक मर्यादित व्यवहार कुशल, सुसंस्कृत सहिष्णु परन्तु तर्कशील नारी के रूप में दिखाया है।

आषाढ़ का एक दिन

प्रश्न 13.
“यह लोकनीति है मैं तो कहूँगा कि लोकनीति और मूर्खनीति दोनों का एक ही अर्थ है।”
(i) उपर्युक्त कथन कौन, किससे और कब कह रहा है? [17]
(ii) उपर्युक्त वाक्य किस सन्दर्भ में कहा गया है?
(iii) वक्ता का संक्षिप्त परिचय दीजिए।
(iv) ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ नाटक का उद्देश्य लिखिए।
उत्तर-
(i) प्रस्तुत कथन सुप्रसिद्ध नाटककार मोहन राकेश कृत ऐतिहासिक नाटक ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ में से उद्धृत है। इसका वक्ता मातुल है। वह कालिदास का मामा है। यह कथन उसने तब कहा, जब वह अपनी बहन अंबिका से कालिदास के विचारों पर टिप्पणी कर रहा था।

(ii) प्रस्तुत वाक्य मातुल द्वारा कालिदास के उज्जयिनी न जाने के निर्णय के प्रसंग में कहा गया है। जब अंबिका बताती है कि कालिदास अपने स्वाभिमान के कारण राजकीय सम्मान नहीं ग्रहण करना चाहता क्योंकि यह क्रय-विक्रय की नीति है, तो मातुल उक्त टिप्पणी करता है। वह इसे लोक-नीति न कहकर मूर्खनीति घोषित करता है।

(iii) वक्ता मातुल कालिदास का मामा है। वह पशु पालने का व्यवसाय करता है। उसे साहित्य की कोई समझ नहीं है। वह चाहता है कि जैसे-वैसे कालिदास को पद और प्रतिष्ठा मिल जाए। वह एक व्यवहार-कुशल सामाजिक है जो अवसर का लाभ उठाना चाहता है। उसे यश की चाह है। वह एक चाटुकार और स्वार्थी चरित्र वाला व्यक्ति है। राज्याश्रय का कटु अनुभव उसे धरती पर लाकर खड़ा कर देता है।

(iv) ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ नामक नाटक तीन समस्याओं को लेकर चलता है। राज्याश्रय, सर्जक का अहं तथा नर-नारी संबंध। पूरे नाटक में कालिदास को केंद्र में रखकर इन्हीं तीन समस्याओं को उद्देश्य के रूप में चित्रित किया गया है।

वास्तव में नाटककार ने कालिदास के अंह को नाटक की पहली समस्या के रूप में उभारा है। नाटक में दूसरी समस्या राज्याश्रय से जुड़ी है। नाटककार यह स्थापित करना चाहता है कि राजकीय मुद्राओं से खरीदा गया साहित्यकार कभी भी अपना स्वतंत्र अस्तित्व बनाए नहीं रख सकता। राजदरबार में जाते ही उसकी प्रतिभा कुंद हो जाती है। कालिदास के संदर्भ में भी यही होता है। वह अपने स्वतंत्र जीवन-दर्शन और सर्जनात्मक चिंतन से हाथ धो बैठता है।

तीसरी समस्या नर-नारी संबंधों के रूप में आती है। मल्लिका और कालिदास का निश्छल और निश्चल पवित्र प्रेम एक ओर रह जाता है और राज्याश्रय का प्रकोप प्रबल हो उठता है। यद्यपि राज्याश्रय में जाने की प्रेरणा स्वयं मल्लिका देती है तथापि उसके पीछे उसकी दुर्गति भी कम त्रासद नहीं है। माँ अंबिका के स्वर्गवास के बाद वह दाने-दाने को मुँहताज हो जाती है तो विवशता में विलोम का आश्रय स्वीकार कर लेती है। विलोम से उसकी एक बच्ची भी हो जाती है। परंतु उसके मन-मस्तिष्क पर कालिदास ही छाया रहता है। अंत में उसे अनिश्चितता के धरातल पर खड़ा देखते हैं।

राजकुमारी प्रियंगुमंजरी से कालिदास का विवाह भी इसी ओर संकेत करता है कि कालिदास के लिए प्रेम अंतिम व चरम मूल्य नहीं बन सका। इस प्रकार नाटककार ने इन तीन समस्याओं के आलोक में प्रस्तुत नाटक का ताना-बाना बुना है।

प्रश्न 14.
मल्लिका ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ नाटक की एक महत्त्वपूर्ण पात्र है, जिसके चरित्र ने सर्वाधिक प्रभावित किया है। उसकी चारित्रिक विशेषताओं का वर्णन कीजिए। [12]
उत्तर-
मल्लिका ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ शीर्षक नाटक की नायिका है। वह कालिदास की प्रेमिका है जो प्रेम प्रसंग के दुखांत को अकेले ही भोगती है। उसके चरित्र में प्रमुख विशेषताएँ निम्नलिखित हैं
1. स्वतंत्र चिंतन- मल्लिका के चरित्र में सबसे बड़ी विशेषता स्वतंत्र चिंतन की है। वह कालिदास से प्रेम करती है और अपनी माँ से स्वतंत्र रूप में अपने प्रेम-प्रसंग की पैरवी करती है। वह कहती है कि उसने कालिदास के रूप में एक भावना का वरण किया है और यह वरण उसकी स्वतंत्रता को पुष्ट करता है। वह लोक-लाज की तनिक भी परवाह नहीं करती। वह कहती है- “क्या कहते हैं वे? क्या अधिकार है उन्हें कुछ कहने का? मल्लिका का जीवन उसकी अपनी संपत्ति है।” उसका विश्वास व्यक्तिगत स्वतंत्रता में है।

2. प्रेम-भावना- मल्लिका कालिदास की प्रेमिका है। उसका प्रेम अत्यंत उज्ज्वल है। उसमें स्वार्थ भावना का लेश मात्र भी अंश नहीं है। यही कारण है कि वह उसे उज्जयिनी चले जाने की प्रेरणा देती है। कोई स्वार्थी लड़की होती तो अपने जीवन-आधार को अपने से इस प्रकार अलग होने के लिए विवश न करती।

वह अपनी माँ से अपने पवित्र प्रेम की चर्चा करते हुए कहती है

“………. मैं जानती हूँ कि माँ की अपवाद होता है। तुम्हारे दुःख को भी जानती हूँ, फिर भी मुझे अपराध का अनुभव नहीं होता। मैंने भावना में एक भावना का वरण किया है। मेरे लिए वह संबंध और संबंधों से बड़ा है। मैं वास्तव में अपनी भावना से ही प्रेम करती हूँ, जो पवित्र है, कोमल है, अनश्वर है……….।”

जब मल्लिका को पता चलता है कि कालिदास ने राजकुमारी प्रियंगुमंजरी से विवाह कर लिया है तो भी वह चिंतित व दुखी नहीं होती। वह तो कालिदास से पवित्र प्रेम करती है। वह शांत बनी रहती है, कहती है “……….. तो इसमें दोष क्या है? ………. वे असाधारण हैं। उन्हें जीवन में असाधारण का ही संसर्ग चाहिए था……….. इसके विपरीत मुझे अपने से ग्लानि होती है, यह कि, ऐसे मैं उनकी प्रगति के मार्ग में बाधा भी बन सकती थी।”

3. स्वाभिमान- मल्लिका को नाटक में एक स्वाभिमानी युवती के रूप में दिखाया है। वह अंत तक आत्म-सम्मान को बनाए रखने का भरसक प्रयास करती है।

वह बीमार माँ के लिए विलोम द्वारा मधु भिजवाने की बात सुनकर उसे मना कर देती है, यह कह कर कि उसके घर पर्याप्त मात्रा में मधु है। वह प्रियंगुमंजरी द्वारा रखे गए घर के परिसंस्कार के प्रस्ताव को भी ठुकरा देती है। कहती है “…………. आप बहुत उदार हैं। परंतु हमें ऐसे घर में रहने का ही अभ्यास है, इसलिए हमें असुविधा नहीं होती।”

जब प्रियंगुमंजरी उसका विवाह करवाने का प्रस्ताव रखती है तो उसके अहम् को चोट लगती है। वह आत्मसम्मान की रक्षा करते हुए कह उठती है कि “………… आप इस विषय में चर्चा न ही करें तो अच्छा होगा।” जाते-जाते प्रियंगुमंजरी उसे कुछ वस्त्र और स्वर्ण-मुद्राएँ भिजवाती हैं, जिन्हें मल्लिका आदरपूर्वक लौटा देती है।

4. ममता- नाटककार ने मल्लिका में ममता व करुणा के गुण दिखाए हैं। उसकी यह करुणा और ममता उस संदर्भ में देखी जाती है जब कालिदास घायल हिरण के बच्चे को लाकर मल्लिका से कहता है कि वह उसे वहाँ इसलिए लाया है कि वहाँ उसे माँ का-सा स्नेह मिलेगा

“मैंने कहा तुम्हें वहाँ ले चलता हूँ, जहाँ तुम्हें अपनी माँ की सी आँखें और उसका सा ही स्नेह मिलेगा ……….”

नाटक के अंत में भी उसका यही वात्सल्य का रूप दोबारा देखने को मिलता है। अपने तीव्र अंतर्वंद्व के क्षणों में भी वह अपनी बच्ची को नहीं भूलती, उसे बार-बार देखने, चुप कराने अंदर जाती है और अंत में कालिदास के पीछे भागती-भागती भी उसी बच्ची के कारण रुक जाती है और उसे अपनी छाती से चिपका लेती है।

5. कर्तव्य-बोध- मल्लिका में अपने कर्तव्य के प्रति चेतना पाई जाती है। कालिदास को उज्जयिनी जाने की प्रेरणा देते समय इसी कर्तव्य को निभाती है और कहती है-

“मैं जानती हूँ कि तुम्हारे चले जाने पर मेरे अंतर को एक रिक्तता छा लेगी, और बाहर भी संभवतः बहुत सूना प्रतीत होगा। फिर भी मैं अपने साथ छल नहीं कर रही। मैं हृदय से कहती हूँ तुम्हें जाना चाहिए ……… यहाँ ग्राम प्रांतर में रह कर तुम्हारी प्रतिभा को विकसित होने का अवकाश कहाँ मिलेगा ……….. तुम्हें आज नई भूमि की आवश्यकता है, जो तुम्हारे व्यक्तित्व को अधिक पूर्ण बना सके ………..” इस प्रकार वह अपने कर्तव्य-बोध के मार्ग में अंधे प्रेम को बाधा नहीं बनने देती। दूसरी ओर अभावग्रस्तता के प्रकोप में विलोम की शरण को स्वीकार कर लेती है और परिवार के प्रति अपने कर्तव्य का निर्वाह करती है।

इस प्रकार नाटककार ने मल्लिका के चरित्र को एक सशक्त रूप में प्रस्तुत किया है जो अंत तक हार नहीं मानती।

प्रश्न 15.
मोहन राकेश द्वारा लिखित ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ नाट्य लेखन के क्षेत्र में एक महत्त्वपूर्ण उपलब्धि है। नाटक के शीर्षक की सार्थकता पर प्रकाश डालिए। [12 1/2]
उत्तर-
मोहन राकेश द्वारा रचित ‘आषाढ़ का एक दिन’ शीर्षक नाटक हिंदी नाटक और रंगमंच के इतिहास में एक विलक्षण स्थान रखता है। वे पहले नाटककार हैं जिन्होंने नाटक और रंगमंच का परस्पर रिश्ता जोड़ा। उन्होंने रंगमंच के अनुसार नाट्य-लेखन को महत्त्व दिया। प्रस्तुत नाटक इस दिशा में एक महत्त्वपूर्ण उपलब्धि है क्योंकि देश के विभिन्न मंचों पर इसका सफल मंचन हुआ है।

मोहन राकेश के नाटकों को पढ़कर और उनका मंचन देखकर स्पष्ट हो जाता है कि वे कथातंत्र और नाट्य विधा दोनों पर समान अधिकार रखते हैं। दोनों विधाओं पर उनकी गहरी पकड़ है। वे कहीं भी कथात्मकता के चक्कर में नाट्य विधा की पीछे नहीं छोड़ते। उन्होंने दोनों का समान निर्वाह किया है। वास्तव में मोहन राकेश को अपने संक्षिप्त जीवनकाल में जो ख्याति प्राप्त हुई, उसका कारण उनके नाटक ही थे- जिसके कारण वे एक युगान्तकारी नाटककार सिद्ध हुए। सम्भवतः ऐसा सौभाग्य अन्य नाटककारों को प्राप्त नहीं हो सका। इनके नाटकों से कथा साहित्य में एक नवीनता के दर्शन हुए और हिन्दी रंगमंच के विकास में भारी सहायता मिली।

मोहन राकेश के नाटकों को ख्याति इसलिए भी प्राप्त हुई कि वे अपने नाटकों के मंचन से सम्बन्धित सभी बातों का विवरण देते थे। यह बात उनकी डायरी के पन्नों से स्पष्ट होती है। इन बातों से रचना-धर्मिता के प्रति उनकी समर्पण भावना का पता चलता है।

प्रस्तुत नाटक मोहन राकेश का एक ऐसा नाटक है जिसमें इतिहास को आधार बनाकर समकालीन समस्याओं की ओर प्रबल व प्रभावपूर्ण ढंग से संकेत किया गया है। हिंदी नाट्य-लेखन के क्षेत्र में यह एक ऐतिहासिक कृति है। इसमें मूल रूप से कालिदास के जीवन को आधार में लेकर साहित्य-सृजन, सृजन की स्वतंत्रता, सर्जक के स्वाभिमान और राज्याश्रय की समस्या पर विचार किया गया है। नाटक की एक और बड़ी समस्या नर-नारी संबंधों अर्थात् प्रेम-भावना को लेकर चलती है।

प्रस्तुत नाटक का नामकरण छायावादी प्रतीत होता है। वास्तव में यह नाटक भावनाओं के वरण और राज्याश्रय के कारण कुंठित स्वाभिमान के बीच मंचित होता है। नाटककार ने नाटक के प्रारंभ में भी आषाढ़ के दिन बरसते मेघों की चर्चा की है और अंत भी इसी नैसर्गिक परिवेश में होता है। नाटककार ने इसी को संकेतित करने के लिए बरसते मेघों, कड़कती चमकती बिजली आदि की योजना को प्रस्तुत किया है।

वास्तव में नाटक के मूल में जिस भावनात्मक परिवेश की आवश्यकता थी, उसे प्राकृतिक संसर्ग द्वारा ही दिखाया जा सकता था। इसलिए आषाढ़ का बरसता दिन और उसमें भीगती हुई मल्लिका को दिखाना एक सार्थक तथा उपयुक्त प्रयास है। रोमांटिकता का बोध नाटक को एक सटीक आधार दे जाता है।

नाटककार मोहन राकेश ने दिखाया है कि आषाढ़ की पहली वर्षा मल्लिका के लिए- कुछ हद तक कालिदास के लिए भी, जिस आनन्द का सन्देश लेकर आई थी, वही और उसी प्रकार की वर्षा, बादलों की गरज और बिजली की चमक उन दोनों के हर्षोल्लास को सदा सदा के लिए छीनकर, जीवन के यथार्थ का कटु आभास देकर समाप्त हो जाती है। नाटक का यह वातावरण प्रेम-भावना को सजग एवं सजीव बनाने में विशेष रूप से सहायक हुआ है।

ISC Class 12 Hindi Previous Year Question Papers

ISC Maths Previous Year Question Paper 2011 Solved for Class 12

Time Allowed: 3 Hours
Maximum Marks: 100

(Candidates are allowed additional 15 minutes for only reading the paper. They must NOT start writing during this time.)

• The Question Paper consists of three sections A, B and C.
• Candidates are required to attempt all questions from Section A and all questions either from Section B or Section C.
• Section A: Internal choice has been provided in three questions of four marks each and two questions of six marks each.
• Section B: Internal choice has been provided in two questions of four marks each.
• Section C: Internal choice has been provided in two questions of four marks each.
• All working, including rough work, should be done on the same sheet as, and adjacent to the rest of the answer.
• The intended marks for questions or parts of questions are given in brackets [ ].
• Mathematical tables and graph papers are provided.

Section – A
(All questions are compulsory in this part)

Question 1.
(i) If \(A=\left[\begin{array}{ll}{3} & {-2} \\ {4} & {-2}\end{array}\right]\), find x such that A² = xA – 2I. Hence find A^-1. [3]
(ii) Find the values of k, if the equation 8x² – 16xy + ky² – 22x + 34y = 12 represents an elhpse. [3]
(iii) Solve for x: sin (2 tan^-1x) = 1 [3]
(iv) Two regression lines are represented by 2x + 3y – 10 = 0 and 4x + y – 5 = 0. Find the line of regression of y on x. [3]
(v) Evaluate: [3]
\(\int \frac{\csc x}{\log \tan \left(\frac{x}{2}\right)} d x\)
(vi) Evaluate: [3]
\(\lim _{y \rightarrow 0} \frac{y-\tan ^{-1} y}{y-\sin y}\)
(vii) Evaluate: [3]
\(\int_{0}^{1} \frac{x e^{x}}{(1+x)^{2}} d x\)
(viii) Find the modulus and argument of the complex number \(\frac{2+i}{4 i+(1+i)^{2}}\) [3]
(ix) A word consists of 9 different alphabets, in which there are 4 consonants and 5 vowels. Three alphabets are chosen at random. What is the probability that more than one vowel will be selected? [3]
(x) Solve the differential equation: [3]
\(\frac{d y}{d x}=e^{x+y}+x^{2} e^{y}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
(a) Using properties of determinants, show that pα² + 2qα + r = 0, given that p, q and r are not in GP and [5]

(b) Solve the following system of equations using matrix method: [5]

Answer:

Question 3.
(a) Prove that: [5]
\(2 \tan ^{-1} \frac{1}{5}+\cos ^{-1} \frac{7}{5 \sqrt{2}}+2 \tan ^{-1} \frac{1}{8}=\frac{\pi}{4}\)
(b) P, Q and R represent switches in ‘ON position’ and P’, Q’ and R’ represent switches in ‘OFF position’. Construct a switching circuit representing the polynomial: [5]
P(P + Q)Q(Q + R’)
Use Boolean Algebra to show that the above circuit is equivalent to a switching circuit in which when P and Q are in ‘ON position’, the light is on.
Answer:


(b) P, Q, R represent switches in ON position and P’, Q’, R’ represent in OFF position.
Given polynomial is
P(P + Q) Q (Q + R’) = (PP + PQ) (QQ + QR’)
= (P + PQ) (Q + QR’)
= P(1 + Q)Q(1 + R’)
= P.1.Q.1
= PQ

Question 4.
(a) Verify Lagrange’s mean value theorem for the function f(x) = sin x – sin 2x in the interval [0, π]. [5]
(b) Find the equation of the hyperbola whose foci are (0, ±13) and the length of the conjugate axis is 20. [5]
Answer:

Question 5.
(a) Evaluate: [5]
\(\int \frac{x^{2}-5 x-1}{x^{4}+x^{2}+1} d x\)
(b) Draw a rough sketch of the curves y = (x – 1)² and y = |x – 1|. Hence, find the area of the region bounded by these curves.
Answer:

Question 6.
(a) If the sum of the lengths of the hypotenuse and a side of a right-angled triangle is given, show that the area of the triangle is maximum when the angle between them is \(\frac{\pi}{3}\) [5]
(b) If y = x^x, prove that: [5]
\(\frac{d^{2} y}{d x^{2}}-\frac{1}{y}\left(\frac{d y}{d x}\right)^{2}-\frac{y}{x}=0\)
Answer:

Question 7.
(a) The following observations are given:
(1, 4), (2, 8), (3, 2), (4, 12) (5, 10), (6, 14), (7, 16), (8, 6), (9, 18)
Estimate the value of y when the value of x is 10 and also estimate the value of x when the value of y = 5. [5]
(b) Compute Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of Correlation between sales and expenditures of a firm for six months. [5]

Answer:

Question 8.
(a) A purse contains 4 silver and 5 copper coins. A second purse contains 3 silver and 7 copper coins. If a coin is taken out at random from one of the purses, what is the probability that it is a copper coin? [5]
(b) Aman arid Bhuvan throws a pair of dice alternately. In order to win, they have to get a sum of 8. Find their respective probabilities of winning if Aman starts the game. [5]
Answer:
(a) Let E₁ = selecting the first purse, E₂ selecting the second purse and A = coin drawn is silver.

Question 9.
(a) Using De Moivre’s theorem, find the value of: [5]
\((1+i \sqrt{3})^{6}+(1-i \sqrt{3})^{6}\)
(b) Solve the following differential equation for a particular solution: [5]
\(y-x \frac{d y}{d x}=x+y \frac{d y}{d x}, \text { when } y=0 \text { and } x=1\)
Answer:

Section – B

Question 10
(a) Prove that: [5]
\([\vec{a}+\vec{b} \vec{b}+\vec{c} \vec{c}+\vec{a}]=2[\vec{a} \vec{b} \vec{c}]\)
(b) If D, E, F are mid-points of the sides of a triangle ABC, prove by vector method that:
Area of ∆DEF = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) (Area of ∆ABC). [5]
Answer:

Question 11.
(a) Find the vector equation of the line passing through the point (-1, 2, 1) and parallel to the line \(\vec{r}=2 \hat{i}+3 \hat{j}-\hat{k}+\lambda(\vec{i}-2 \hat{j}+\hat{k})\). Also, find the distance between these lines. [5]
(b) Find the equation of the plane passing through the points A (2, 1, -3), B (-3, -2, 1) and C(2, 4, -1). [5]
Answer:
(a) \(\vec{r}=2 \hat{i}+3 \hat{j}-\hat{k}+\lambda(\vec{i}-2 \hat{j}+\hat{k})\) …(i)
The given fine is parallel to the vector \(\hat{i}-2 \hat{j}+\hat{k}\) and the required line is parallel to given line So, required line is parallel to the vector \(\hat{i}-2 \hat{j}+\hat{k}\)
It is given that the required line passes through the point (-1, 2, 1)
The equation of the required line is

(b) Let the equation of the plane passing through the point A(2, 1, -3) be
A (x – 2) + B(y – 1) + C(z + 3) = 0 ….. (i)
Points B (-3, -2,1) and C (2, 4, -1) lies on the plane.
⇒ A(-3 – 2) + B (-2 – 1) + C(1 + 3) = 0
⇒ -5A – 3B + 4C = 0 ……(ii)
And A(2 – 2) + B(4 – 1) + C(-1 + 3) = 0
⇒ A.0 + 3B + 2C = 0 ….(iii)
Now, eliminating A, B, C from (i), (ii) and (iii), we have

Question 12.
(a) A box contains 4 red and 5 black marbles. Find the probability distribution of the red marbles in a random draw of three marbles. Also find the mean and standard deviation of the distribution. [5]
(b) Bag A contains 2 white, 1 black and 3 red balls, Bag B contains 3 white, 2 black and 4 red balls and Bag C contains 4 white, 3 black and 2 red balls. One Bag is chosen at random and 2 balls are drawn at random from that Bag. If the randomly drawn balls happen to be red and black, what is the probability that both balls come from Bag B? [5]
Answer:
(a) The box contains 4 red and 5 black marbles
3 marbles are drawn.
Probability of one red marble drawn is

(b) Let E₁, E₂ and E₃ the following events
E₁ = Bag A chosen; E₂ = Bag B chosen; E₃ = Bag C chosen.
\(P\left(E_{1}\right)=P\left(E_{2}\right)=P\left(E_{3}\right)=\frac{1}{3}\)
Now, the probability of drawing a red and a black ball from bag A is,

Section – C

Question 13.
(a) The price of a tape recorder is ₹ 1,661. A person purchases it by making a cash payment of ₹ 400 and agrees to pay the balance with due interest in 3 half-yearly equal instalments. If the dealer charged interest at the rate of 10% per annum compounded half-yearly, find the value of the instalment. [5]
(b) A manufacturer manufactures two types of tea-cups, A and B. Three machines are needed for manufacturing the tea-cups. The time in minutes required for manufacturing each cup on the machines is given below:

Each machine is available for a maximum of six hours per day. If the profit on each cup of type A is ₹ 1.50 and that on each cup of type B is ₹ 1.00, find the number of cups of each type that should be manufactured in a day to get maximum profit. [5]
Answer:
(a) The price of a tape recorder is ₹ 1661.
The man purchases it by ₹ 400 cash down payment.
Due amount = 1661 – 400 = ₹ 1261

Question 14.
(a) If the difference between Banker’s discount and True discount of a bill for 73 days at 5% per annum is ₹ 10, find
(i) the amount of the bill
(ii) Banker’s discount. [5]
(b) Given that the total cost function for x units of a commodity is: [5]
\(C(x)=\frac{x^{3}}{3}+3 x^{2}-7 x+16\)
(i) Find the Marginal Cost (MC)
(ii) Find the Average Cost (AC)
(iii) Prove that: Marginal Average Cost (MAC) = \(\frac{x(MC)-C(x)}{x^{2}}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
(a) The price quotations of four different commodities for 2001 and 2009 are as given below. Calculate the index number for 2009 with 2001 as the base year by using a weighted average of price relative method.

(b) The profit Of a soft drink firm (in thousands of ₹) during each month of the year is as given below:

Calculate four monthly moving averages and plot these and the original data on a graph sheet.
Answer:

ISC Class 12 Maths Previous Year Question Papers